Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031 planning for a stronger, more liveable and sustainable community Far North Queensland Regional The regional plan applies to the Far North Department of Natural Resources and Water Plan 2009–2031 Queensland (FNQ) regional local government Department of Transport areas as defined under IPA, section 2.5A.2. Environmental Protection Agency Prepared by: It replaces the Draft Far North Queensland Wet Tropics Management Authority The Honourable Paul Lucas MP, Deputy Regional Plan 2025 (the draft plan) released Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Premier and Minister for Infrastructure and by the regional planning Minister on 9 Department of Primary Industries and Planning in accordance with the Integrated May 2008. The draft plan was subject to Fisheries Planning Act 1997 (IPA), Section 2.5A 15. community consultation and comment up Department of Mines and Energy to 8 August 2008. A consultation report, Geoscience Australia With assistance from: which summarised the issues raised during Ergon Energy Department of Infrastructure and Planning the consultation period was released Powerlink on 28 October 2008. Another round of Mapinfo Roads In partnership with: limited consultation on four strategic The Far North Queensland Regional issues identified in the consultation report The Far North Queensland Regional Plan Organisation of Councils (FNQROC). concluded on 28 November 2008. 2009–2031 State Planning Regulatory Provisions (FNQ Regulatory Provisions In consultation with: The regional plan has been prepared in or regulatory provisions) and associated The Far North Queensland Regional good faith, taking into account all public FNQ regulatory maps form a standalone Coordination Committee (FNQRCC). submissions, to provide a framework for the document to support the regional plan and management and development of FNQ for should be read in conjunction with it. The Published by: more than 20 years. regulatory provisions and the regulatory maps have effect from the date of gazettal The regional plan represents an agreed of the FNQ Regulatory Provisions. Any Queensland Government position on the development applications that were lodged future of FNQ. Any plans, policies and between 9 May 2008 and the date that the February 2009 codes being prepared or amended by state FNQ Regulatory Provisions were gazetted, ISBN: 978-0-9804831-1-6 agencies or local governments must reflect will be subject to the draft State Planning and align with the regional plan. Regulatory Provisions (Regional Plans) May © The State of Queensland (Queensland 2008. Department of Infrastructure and Planning) The regional plan does not commit or 2009. pertain to commit any government, industry For more information on the regional plan or community organisation to implement, and regulatory provisions contact: Copyright protects this publication. Except fund or otherwise resource specific activities Department of Infrastructure and Planning for purposes permitted by the Copyright or programs. Planning Group Northern Region Act 1968, no part may be reproduced post PO Box 5194 Cairns Qld 4870 Australia by any means without the prior written Maps indicated as being for information visit Level 2 Orchid Plaza permission of the Queensland Department only are intended to represent general 79-87 Abbott Street Cairns of Infrastructure and Planning. concepts for the purpose of broad-scale tel 1300 721 194 Release notes regional planning. These maps do not fax +61 7 4039 8866 and are not intended to identify or give [email protected] The Far North Queensland Regional Plan attributes or rights, including land use or www.dip.qld.gov.au 2009–2031 (2009) is released by the development rights, to specific land parcels. regional planning Minister in accordance Copies of the regional plan and regulatory with the Integrated Planning Act 1997, The information on the maps is not provisions (including the regulatory maps) section 2.5A.15. It is a statutory instrument intended for reference to specific parcels of are available: under the Statutory Instruments Act 1992. land, and should be treated as indicative online www.dip.qld.gov.au only and subject to ongoing refinement. for viewing at most council chambers, In some parts of the mapping one layer libraries and customer service centres within obscures another, this is not meant to imply the local government areas covered by the any order of importance or priority. regional plan The Department of Infrastructure and for free on CD-ROM or in hard copy by Planning, does not guarantee or make contacting Department of Infrastructure and any representations as to the accuracy or Planning offices in Cairns and Brisbane completeness of the information shown by phoning 1300 721 194 on this map, nor does it accept any by emailing [email protected] responsibility or liability for any loss or Department of Infrastructure and Planning damage arising from its use. offices: Data Sources include: Department of • Level 2 Orchid Plaza 79-87 Abbott Infrastructure and Planning Street Cairns Department of Main Roads • Level 1 63 George Street Brisbane Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031 planning for a stronger, more liveable and sustainable community Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

2 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Contents

PART A—Introduction...... 4 Underlying principles...... 34 Background...... 4 Ecological sustainability...... 34 Effect of the statutory regional plan...... 5 Addressing climate change and oil vulnerability (peak oil)...... 35 Purpose of the regional plan...... 6 1. Natural Environment...... 37 Planning period...... 6 1.1 Biodiversity conservation...... 38 Preparation...... 6 1.2 Coastal management...... 42 Application, implementation and review...... 7 1.3 Air and acoustic environment protection...... 44 The Far North Queensland region...... 7 2. Regional landscape and natural resources...... 45 Other FNQ regional planning documents...... 8 2.1 Regional landscape values...... 46 Definitions...... 8 2.2 Natural resource management...... 48 Structure of the plan...... 8 2.3 Scenic amenity, outdoor recreation PART B—Regional vision...... 9 and inter-urban breaks...... 50 PART C—Strategic directions...... 11 2.4 Primary production and Fisheries...... 52 PART D—Regional land use pattern...... 15 2.5 Extractive industries and mineral resources...... 54 Population trends...... 16 2.6 Rural subdivision...... 56 Population growth...... 16 2.7 Rural precincts...... 58 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander population...... 18 3. Strong Communities...... 59 Non-resident population...... 18 3.1 Social planning...... 60 Age distribution...... 18 3.2 Social infrastructure...... 61 Household size...... 19 3.3 Healthy and safe communities...... 62 Residential land supply...... 19 3.4 Community engagement and capacity building...... 64 Implications of growth for the region...... 20 3.5 Sense of community, place and identity...... 65 Preferred pattern of development...... 21 3.6 Arts and cultural development...... 66 Subregional narratives...... 22 3.7 Cultural heritage...... 66 Cairns Regional Council...... 22 3.8 Strengthening Indigenous communities...... 68 Tablelands Regional Council...... 24 4. Urban development...... 72 Cassowary Coast Regional Council...... 26 4.1 Compact urban form...... 73 Yarrabah Aboriginal Shire Council...... 27 4.2 Regional activity centres...... 77 Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Council...... 27 4.3 Urban structure and master planning...... 81 Transport infrastructure...... 28 4.4 Housing choice and affordability...... 84 FNQ regulatory provisions...... 31 4.5 Sustainable buildings and tropical design...... 86 Regional land use categories...... 31 4.6 Rural residential development...... 88 Regional landscape and rural production area...... 31 4.7 Mitigation of hazards...... 90 Urban footprint...... 32 5. Economic development...... 92 Rural living area...... 32 5.1 Economic growth and diversification...... 93 PART E—Regional policies...... 34 3

5.2 Industry and business development...... 96 5.3 Innovation and technology...... 97 5.4 Primary industries...... 98 5.5 Tourist development...... 100 6. Infrastructure...... 103 6.1 Infrastructure, planning and coordination...... 104 6.2 Infrastructure funding...... 106 6.3 Energy...... 107 6.4 Waste...... 110 6.5 Information communication technology...... 112 7. Water management...... 113 7.1 Protection of waterways, wetlands and water quality...... 114 7.2 Total water cycle management...... 119 7.3 Water planning...... 120 7.4 Water demand management...... 122 7.5 Water supply...... 123 7.6 Rural water...... 126 8. Transport...... 127 8.1 Integrated transport and land use planning...... 128 8.2 Transport networks...... 133 8.3 Transport infrastructure...... 135 PART F—Implementation, monitoring and review...... 137 Statutory processes...... 138 Linking with planning schemes...... 138 Desired regional outcomes...... 138 Infrastructure planning...... 138 Implementation...... 138 Roles and responsibilities...... 139 Monitoring and reporting...... 139 Review process...... 139 Maps...... 140 Bibliography...... 169 Abbreviations...... 174 Glossary...... 175 Acknowledgements...... 180 4 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

PART A—Introduction

Background

Queensland is the fastest growing state in The Far North Queensland (FNQ) Regional Australia and the most regionalised. The Plan was developed under section 2.5A.15 Queensland Government has developed of the Integrated Planning Act 1997 (IPA). an active regional planning program It is the first statutory regional plan to be to address land use planning issues at developed outside a major metropolitan a regional level, and prepare regional area. It builds on the former non-statutory communities for the challenges of rapid regional plan—Far North Queensland population growth, climate change and oil Regional Plan 2010 (FNQ 2010). vulnerability. While managing urban growth is a key focus, the FNQ Regional Plan also addresses various rural and natural resource management issues with a land use planning component. Part A–IntroductA—Introduction on 5

The FNQ Regional Plan also guides state The plan’s desired regional outcomes Effect of the statutory agencies on future infrastructure and cannot be achieved through the above regional plan service provision through Queensland land use planning mechanisms alone. Government–agreed principles, policies To achieve the region’s vision, the and programs. Queensland Government must implement The FNQ Regional Plan is the pre-eminent the strategies and actions of aligned plan for the FNQ region and, therefore, The FNQ Regional Plan does not replace plans, such as the natural resource takes precedence over all other planning economic, environmental or social management plan for FNQ. The specific instruments. The effect of the FNQ plans, such as conservation or tourism policies that will be implemented through Regional Plan is established under section plans, or strategies. It incorporates these aligned plans have been named 2.5A of IPA as follows: regional planning policies that directly aligned strategies. and indirectly achieve economic, • For the purpose of the IPA, the FNQ environmental and social outcomes to Figure 1 illustrates the relationship of the Regional Plan is a state interest. accomplish ecological sustainability for FNQ Regional Plan with other statutory • Under the IPA, if there is any the FNQ region and, in doing so, meet and non-statutory planning programs. inconsistency with another plan, policy the objective of section 1.2.1 of IPA. or code, including another planning instrument made under state legislation In developing the regional plan, policies that affects the FNQ region, the FNQ with a land use planning focus that the Regional Plan prevails. government can deliver through a range • If state agencies prepare or amend any of IPA planning tools, such as planning plans, policies and codes that relate to schemes, priority infrastructure plans and the FNQ region, they must reflect and IDAS, have been named land use policies. align with the regional plan. • All planning development decision- making processes must account for the regional plan’s regulatory provisions, Figure 1: Relationship of regional plan with other plans and strategies including ­ - state government plans and policies Regional ­ - local government planning schemes, Regional economic social Regional tourism and other plans and policies strategies development strategies ­ - planning and development processes strategy under the IPA ­ - development applications made Regional under the Integrated Development conservation Assessment System (IDAS) of the IPA. strategies Regional plans In the development assessment process, applying the regional plan’s associated Regional vision and regulatory provisions must occur in desired regional outcomes Regional addition to any matters applying under natural resource Regional a planning scheme for assessing and management coastal determining a development application. plan investment management strategies If a local government planning scheme plan materially contradicts the regional plan, the planning scheme must be amended Regional Other regional strategies Regional infrastructure to align with the regional plan. transport strategies plans 6 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Purpose of the Figure 2: FNQ location Planning period regional plan The FNQ Regional Plan provides a framework with which to manage growth, The Queensland Government intends the change, land use and development in the FNQ Regional Plan to guide and manage region to 2031. the region’s development over the next 20 years to realise its 2020 vision for The plan also considers the region’s Queensland (Department of Premier and potential management needs beyond Cabinet, 2008) and address key regional 2031 to ensure planning decisions made environmental, social, economic and during the plan’s life do not compromise urban objectives. our ability to meet longer term needs. The plan’s land allocation for future Over the past decade, the FNQ region has urban growth is based on projections of experienced continuous growth in resident medium growth to 2031. population, visitation, economic activity and urban development. The region’s tourism industry expansion and the national trend of population movement Preparation north along the Australian east coast have driven this growth. • establishes sound urban development The regional plan was prepared jointly principles that support a compact, well- between all levels of government and The government expects this growth serviced and efficient urban form key community groups. The interests to continue over the next 20 years • promotes infrastructure delivery that is of these groups are represented on the and beyond. The regional plan will timely and cost–effective, and supports FNQ Regional Coordination Committee help manage this growth in the most community and economic development (FNQRCC), which was involved in the sustainable way to protect and enhance development of the regional plan. The the quality of life in the region. • maintains and enhances the quality of function of a regional coordination life for existing and future communities committee is to advise the state, through This plan incorporates a comprehensive • ensures the region’s growth is the regional planning Minister, about policy framework making decisions about responsive to the possible impacts of the development and implementation managing the region’s development climate change and oil vulnerability of the region’s statutory regional plan. during this growth period. In addition, key stakeholder groups • promotes safe, efficient and effective and government agencies contributed The plan: movement of goods and people, and through the FNQ Regional Organisation facilitates access to places and services • identifies sufficient developable land to of Councils, advisory panels, a technical • supports a viable and diverse meet future growth working group and planning workshops. economy with well-located employment • prepares for growth in a way opportunities and economic activity The preparation of the regional plan drew that progresses the Queensland centres upon the widely consulted and accepted Government’s Q2 objectives, and • gives the private sector greater FNQ2010, endorsed by state and local protects and enhances the region’s certainty of future growth and government through the former FNQ natural environment, biodiversity and development objectives when they Regional Planning Advisory Committee natural resources make business investment decisions. in 2000. The plan also relied on current • resolves conflicts between state and desired environmental outcomes contained local planning policies at a regional in FNQ local government planning level schemes as well as other state and local government plans, policies and strategies. Part A–Introduction 7

The regional plan has been prepared in Figure 3: FNQ region accordance with chapter 2.5A of IPA which sets out the required procedure that the regional planning Minister must follow in preparing and making the regional plan.

The key steps include:

• preparing a draft plan • making the draft plan available for public consultation for a minimum of 60 business days • considering all properly made submissions on the draft plan • consulting with the FNQRCC • The public consultation period for the draft regional plan concluded on 8 August 2008, resulting in over 960 submissions. A consultation report was released on 28 October 2008 that summarised the issues raised during the public comment period. Additional targeted consultation of four strategic issues identified in the consultation report concluded on 28 November 2008. The strategic issues were: Application, The Far North − biodiversity conservation implementation and Queensland region − protection of waterways and water quality review − provision of industrial land The regional plan applies to the following − subdivision and boundary local government areas within the FNQ The regional plan is a statutory instrument region: realignments outside the urban under the Statutory Instruments Act 1992 footprint. and a planning instrument under IPA. It • Cairns Regional Council has a direct effect in its own right, and All properly made submissions were indirect effect through the amendment and • Tablelands Regional Council carefully analysed and the draft plan alignment of local government planning • Cassowary Coast Regional Council substantially amended to take into schemes and state plans and policies. account many of the suggestions raised • Yarrabah Aboriginal Council through the consultation process. This Local government planning schemes are • Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Council. final regional plan responds to the the primary mechanisms for planning and For the purposes of the regional plan, community’s concerns and aspirations for managing the urban form. Maximising the the region. the FNQ region also includes Queensland performance of planning schemes and offshore waters that are part of those applying ‘best practice’ will be critical to local government areas. providing efficient and effective regional communities.

The desired regional outcomes and policies of the regional plan will be monitored and used in the review of the plan which will be undertaken at least every 10 years. The regional planning Minister can amend the regional plan at anytime under the procedures set out in IPA. Performance indicators will be developed to measure the progress in implementing the plan’s policies, regulations and targets. 8 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Other FNQ regional planning documents

The FNQ Regional Plan is supported by a range of documents including:

• the FNQ Regulatory Provisions • the Far North Queensland Infrastructure Plan • guidelines and codes associated with regional policies and regulatory provisions • maps indicating areas where specific regional policies or regulatory provisions apply. The status of these documents will vary depending on the enabling legislation and planning intent applied in the FNQ Regional Plan. The planning intent and statutory basis is set out in each document.

Definitions

Terms used in this document are as • Part C Strategic directions—The amended by state or local governments defined in IPA, unless otherwise specified strategic directions describe a new in FNQ. The regional policies are also in the regulatory provisions or glossary. approach based on managing rather considered a state interest with respect than responding to growth and to consideration of local government establish the broad principles that must planning schemes and development be adopted to achieve the vision. applications under IPA. Explanatory Structure of the plan notes are provided to assist in the • Part D Regional land use pattern— understanding and interpretation of the This section describes the preferred policies. Aligned strategies are those The regional plan is set out under the settlement pattern to accommodate that will assist in achieving the region’s following sections: growth for the next twenty years, vision and desired regional outcomes, provides guidance at a subregional • Part A Introduction—The preamble but are delivered through a range of level on the timing and location of describes the statutory nature of mechanisms outside IPA. growth, establishes the land use the regional plan and its process categories for the region and includes • Part F Implementation, monitoring and of evolution from the current non- the justification for and application of review—The governance arrangements statutory plan. The plan’s purpose, land the regulatory provisions. for implementation and review of the use planning focus and its relationship regional plan are described in this with other plans is highlighted, as are • Part E Regional policies—The section. the processes for plan preparation, underlying principles, desired regional public consultation, implementation outcomes and regional policies and review, as required under IPA. described in this section will guide land use planning decisions in FNQ and • Part B Regional vision—The vision must be reflected in all relevant plans, statement encapsulates the desired policies and codes being prepared or future for the region. Part B–Regional vision 9

PART B—Regional vision

The Queensland Government has framed The regional vision for Far North Queensland is for a a 2020 vision in Toward Q2: Tomorrow’s Queensland. The vision focuses on five stronger, more liveable and sustainable community, where: key themes for Queensland communities: • the region’s outstanding biodiversity • Cairns forms the heart of an efficient • Strong—create a diverse economy and stunning landscape features are and sustainable settlement pattern powered by bright ideas valued and protected. that protects natural, cultural and • Green—protect our lifestyle and • residents of Far North Queensland agricultural values, addresses the need environment have a strong sense of community to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and feel safe, happy, healthy and able and is supported by high level • Smart—deliver world-class education infrastructure, facilities and services. and training to enjoy a relaxed tropical lifestyle in a range of settings from urban to • the Traditional Owners of the • Healthy—make Queenslanders rural. The region continues to grow in region and their cultural values are Australia’s healthiest people prosperity and attracts national and acknowledged and respected. international residents and visitors who • Fair—support a safe and caring • people are well educated, well informed seek a variety of lifestyle, employment, community. and resilient to the anticipated impacts investment and holiday choices. The vision for the FNQ region builds of climate change and oil vulnerability. on these elements and defines the • the economy is vibrant, robust community’s long-term aspirations for the and diverse, firmly based on the region. It is a conceptual image of the principles of ecologically sustainable type of lifestyle the community wishes development. to have in 20 years and protect for future generations. The vision is written as though time has moved forward and describes the region as it will be in 20 years time. 10 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

FNQ regional vision explained management and tropical expertise the tropical climate and natural build on the region’s historical economic surrounds, with building designs catering The vision was developed through drivers and maximise economic for the extreme climatic events currently contributions from many people, prosperity across the region. The tourism experienced and projected for FNQ. The including members of the FNQ Regional economy is innovative, diversified and location of industrial and employment Coordination Committee, technical equitably distributed and the region centres maximise access to markets working group and advisory panels and continues to be recognised as a world while minimising negative impacts on the the community. class ecologically sustainable tourism community and environment. The region destination. has become resilient to the impacts of oil The FNQ region’s outstanding natural shortages and, in doing so, has created areas, particularly the Wet Tropics People are happy and healthy and have opportunities for economic gains and and Great Barrier Reef World Heritage a strong sense of community, identity stronger and healthier communities. areas, are protected and preserved. The and place. The Traditional Owners of the region is known for its best practice region are recognised and respected and Appropriate planning ensures that urban environmental and natural resource a harmonious mix of cultures ensures the and rural communities are linked by management. Through understanding and region offers a multicultural experience. an efficient and affordable transport appreciating the ecological processes that The region’s unique Aboriginal and network which gives people real support the region’s natural environment, Torres Strait Islander cultural diversity is choices about how they travel. A range governments, industry and the community protected and progressed, and artistic of sustainable and affordable housing are willing to work cooperatively to and cultural experiences that bring people options are available which enhance conserve these natural values. together are abundant. tropical character and are accessible to services and community facilities. These The region’s thriving economy benefits The community is well-informed and features encourage walking and cycling; the whole community and offers a wide educated. People recognise the impacts healthy lifestyle options which minimise range of business and employment climate change and rising oil prices will overall transport demand, and reduce the opportunities. Diversification into have on the region, and are well prepared region’s vulnerability to oil scarcity and alternative and innovative technologies for these. The region comprises a climate change impacts. in areas such as health, education, diversity of built communities surrounded manufacturing, natural resource by open green spaces which complement Part C–Strategic directions 11

PART C—Strategic directions

During the next 20 years, around 100 000 The strategic directions outlined in this new residents are expected to migrate section describe a number of underlying to the region, including so-called sea regional planning principles and take changers, tree changers and rain changers. into account current and new drivers for If the FNQ vision is to be achieved, the growth. Planning and development must region will require major changes in the be responsive to these strategic directions way planning for growth and development to ensure the long-term ecological occurs. The regional plan’s approach is sustainability of the region. based on managing rather than responding to growth. 12 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

with a more compact urban form and higher densities in appropriate areas. The trend toward an ageing population and smaller households should be reflected in the range of new housing provided. Increasingly, new growth areas, including Mount Peter and its prospective centres which are a part of the Southern Growth Corridor, will play a significant part in providing opportunities to realise such needs. These considerations will need to become key aspects of the careful planning for such areas.

Higher densities must be achieved in appropriate areas to support the most efficient use of infrastructure and services and facilitate the development of viable communities. This will result in reduced travel times, energy usage and pollution emissions. Planning for urban Planning for climate change and mineral resources, areas of high consolidation will also improve levels of and oil vulnerability scenic amenity, outdoor recreation and accessibility to services and have fewer landscape heritage value. These areas detrimental impacts on the region’s FNQ is vulnerable to the impacts of must be protected from inappropriate environmental and natural resource climate change and is likely to experience urban development, urban sprawl and values. New isolated developments and sea level increase, hotter dry seasons fragmentation so that the regional low-density developments such as rural and wetter wet seasons under projected landscape and rural production values are residential should be controlled. climate change scenarios. Petrol prices are maintained. also expected to dramatically increase as global oil supplies diminish. Such changes Integrating land use planning will adversely affect tourism, agriculture Urban consolidation and land with infrastructure planning and the tropical lifestyle of the region. The use efficiency impacts of climate change and rising fuel Improved integration and coordination of prices must be addressed and planned for. The current trend to accommodate land use planning, infrastructure provision The future growth of FNQ must ensure that population growth in new low density and economic activities at both the regional greenhouse gas reductions are achieved suburbs on the fringes of existing towns and local level will significantly improve in order to mitigate the impacts of climate is impacting on the natural environment the efficiencies of providing for future change. Strategies must be developed to and is wasteful of land and infrastructure urban development needs. The regional adapt the region and build its resilience to resources. This trend cannot continue. plan determines the preferred settlement such impacts. Clearly defined areas to accommodate pattern for the next twenty years and sets future urban growth requirements for the the framework for coordinated and timely next 20 years need to be identified and delivery of infrastructure and services to Protecting regional landscape protected. support the predicted population growth. and rural production values The primary objective in the short term Prior to making commitments about The FNQ region has diverse landscape is to ensure future growth in the region regionally significant infrastructure, the features, which include important World predominately reflects the existing urban government will undertake a thorough Heritage areas and productive farm network and consolidates growth within assessment of the infrastructure needs lands. These features provide substantial and immediately adjacent to existing that provide the best overall outcomes environmental, economic and social centres. Within future urban growth for the community. The regional plan will benefits to the region and underpin the areas, there must be a move toward be the dominant planning document for region’s liveability. The regional landscape affordable housing and more energy the region. State and local government features include areas of high ecological efficient and sustainable communities, plans, strategies and policies must be significance, rural production areas, consistent with the regional plan to ensure renewable energy resources, extractive development meets the needs of the projected population to 2031 and beyond. Part C–Strategic directions 13

Maintaining connectivity While the existing industries need to be Planning for emergency promoted and supported, new industries situations Transport networks are critical to connect must also be encouraged to diversify people and employment centres across the economy. Greater support should Urban planning needs to consider the FNQ. The corridors that make up a be given to entrepreneurial thinking, potential for major emergency situations transport network allow for movement by clean technology industries, increased (floods, cyclones, fires, traffic accidents private motor vehicle, public passenger integration into the global economy and etc.) which will require efficient delivery transport, walking and cycling. The increased productivity through improved of emergency services to the community connectivity that this provides is vital skills development. or the evacuation of residents and for strong communities and economies. visitors in affected areas. It is imperative A well connected transport network These goals will be achieved through that planning for urban growth includes can also save travel time and cost planning and designing mixed-use provision of emergency access between and reduce greenhouse gas emissions developments that foster collaboration communities and between the coast and through reduced vehicle travel. Long and networks between business, industry the Tablelands and considers the need for term planning is required to identify and research institutions. This will ensure emergency routes, utilities and services and protect transport corridors from the region is better able to create new required in times of disaster. inappropriate development. jobs and accommodate future population projections with high levels of diversified Maintaining and enhancing the tropical Improved connectivity is also vital employment opportunities. character through land use planning and for conservation of the region’s rich innovative design biodiversity. Fragmentation of areas of ecological significance needs to be Limiting growth pressures on The FNQ region is unique and this is avoided. These areas include wildlife the coast reflected by the number towns and corridors of state and regional significance villages in the region that provide distinct that provide north-south and east- Coastal development is vulnerable to a and individual local experiences to west connections. Wildlife corridors are range of natural hazards such as erosion, residents and visitors. Urban development critical for climate change adaptation, sea level rise, storm tide inundation, should not result in urban sprawl or loss particularly for vulnerable species such flooding or cyclones. Significant of the region’s character and identity. as the endemic rainforest mammals and benefits will be gained by reducing cassowaries. The regional plan identifies growth pressures in sensitive and high Innovative and sustainable building strategic rehabilitation areas that would risk coastal areas. Adequate urban designs that increase energy and water link or increase the resilience of wildlife opportunities and housing options must use efficiency whilst reflecting the region’s corridors. The protection and restoration be provided in other less sensitive parts tropical flavour should be adopted of waterways is also an important strategy of the region. through improved building codes and for improving ecological connectivity and style guides. subsequent resilience to climate change. Decreased development pressures on coastal areas will come from the combined effect of consolidating Facilitating growth in Mount Promoting a dynamic, robust growth in the Cairns area, encouraging Peter and diversified economy higher densities through infill and redevelopment, promoting The greatest proportion of growth to the While the region’s economy is growing, decentralisation in appropriate areas and region will occur in the Cairns area. While there has been underlying reliance on providing future growth opportunities on there will be significant growth in existing tourism and rural production as the the Tablelands. These measures will also areas through infill and redevelopment, economic foundation for the region. The provide good outcomes when considering the Mount Peter Master Planned Area, structure of the regional economy is now the effects of climate change and sea immediately east of Edmonton and changing with significant growth in the level rise. the area west of the Bruce Highway mining and minerals sector to the west between Edmonton and Gordonvale, will of Mareeba. accommodate the majority of the new 14 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

growth in Cairns. Mount Peter represents Achieving employment self- some of the last remaining developable containment land in the Cairns area that has relatively few natural constraints. It is important Local employment self-sufficiency that development ensures the best must be encouraged to maximise local outcomes with respect to: containment of the workforce. This means people live and work in the same general • dwelling densities area, rather than spending long periods • infrastructure of time commuting between their home and place of employment. Achieving • public transport higher levels of self-containment results • employment in reduced travel distances and expenses, • industry and commercial needs reduced congestion on the overall network, and reduced greenhouse gas • urban open space needs emissions. It is also retains greater levels • greenhouse gas emissions and oil of expenditure in the local economy and vulnerability. fosters a stronger sense of community. The social vision of self-containment is The Mount Peter Declared Master of a people who mostly live, work, shop, Planned Area presents an opportunity and recreate in a defined area. to investigate and plan for innovative housing and centres-based facilities, The concept of self-containment is also services and integrated housing options. likely to have implications for the future This includes a range of centres which role of regional centres within the context provide viable opportunity for transit of their intended population catchments orientated communities to develop and in the manner in which they relate around those centres and minimise the and impact on each other. This will need for private car-based travel outside notably be the case with regard to large of the population catchment that is adjoining regional activity centres and serviced by the centre. The planning will need to be carefully considered in and development of Mount Peter should the future planning of proposed centres take priority over any other new large in the region so that the strategic aims of greenfield development proposed in the regional plan are not compromised. the region and should account for the strategic outcomes sought by this Planning for large growth areas, such as regional plan. Mount Peter, should include strategies to encourage local employment self- New development is expected to provide sufficiency and maximise resultant local for a wide range and choice of housing containment of the workforce. types, location and densities to meet the needs of the community and to complement priority infrastructure investment, particularly for roads, public transport and transit oriented communities. Part D–Regional land use pattern 15

PART D—Regional land use pattern

The population of FNQ is projected use pattern based on a preferred to increase by nearly 100 000 people pattern of development. This defines the over the next 20 years. Various urban desired future spatial structure that best settlements will grow as a result, with achieves the desired regional outcomes. increasing demand for urban services Subregional narratives provide further and infrastructure. Growth will need to detail on future growth directions across be carefully managed to maximise land the five local government areas. use and infrastructure efficiency, address demographic changes and protect the The FNQ Regulatory Provisions designate region’s unique landscape and rural all land in the region into one of three production values. This requires a good regional land use categories: regional understanding of the rate of population landscape and rural production area; growth, the age structure of the urban footprint; rural living area. The population and their housing preferences. intent of each regional land use category is described in this section. The regional plan sets a regional land 16 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Figure 4: Resident population growth in FNQ since the 1980s (* FNQ Region includes Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils)

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000 Estimated resident population

Population trends 0 1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 2007(p) Population growth Year FNQ has grown by nearly 110 000 people FNQ Region Cassowary Coast Regional Council over the last 30 years, from 111 320 in 1976 (DIP, 2007a) to 220 687 in 2006 Cairns Regional Council Tablelands Regional Council (DIP, 2008a). The largest absolute increase was in Cairns Regional Council, with moderate increases in other local government areas (figure 4). Figure 5: FNQ resident population distribution by local government area (as at 2006, Source: DIP, 2008b) In 2006 Cairns Regional Council contained about two thirds of the region’s resident population (67 per cent), followed by Cairns Regional Council Tablelands Regional Council (20 per cent), Cassowary Coast Regional Council (13 per Tablelands Regional Council cent), Yarrabah Aboriginal Shire Council Cassowary Coast Regional Council (1 per cent) and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Council (< 1 per cent) (figure 5). Yarrabah Aboriginal Shire Council

FNQ is one of the fastest growing regions Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Council in the State. Between 2001 and 2006 FNQ had the third highest growth rate and absolute growth outside SEQ (DIP, 2008a). This growth has largely been driven by net migration, with natural increases remaining relatively steady (figure 6).

Current population projections for FNQ to 2031 are shown in figure 7 and table 1. High, medium and low series projections have been prepared to consider a range of potential future outcomes. Part B–Regional vision 17

Figure 6: Components of population change in FNQ (* excludes Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils, Source: DIP, 2008b)

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

-1,000 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

Averages 2002-2006 Natural increase NI 1,582 ANM 2,824 Assumed net migration Net migration = 64.1% of growth

Figure 7: FNQ resident population projections to 2031 (* excludes Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils, Source, DIP, 2008b) 400,000 350,000 300,000 250,000 200,000 150,000

Projected population Projected 100,000 50,000 0 2001 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 Year

Existing population Low Medium High

Table 1: FNQ resident population projections Projected population Year Low Medium High 2011 240 359 244 517 250 169 2016 252 729 261 690 274 503 2021 263 712 277 621 297 830 2026 275 085 293 930 321 733 2031 287 231 311 411 347 291

(* excludes Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils, Source, DIP, 2008b) The regional plan is based on the medium series projections. This is considered the most likely outcome based on current information, and may translate to approximately 4 000 people moving into the region each year. 18 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Figure 8: Age distribution in FNQ 2006 and 2031 (* excludes Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils, Source: DIP, 2008b) Islander population 35 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders form an important component of FNQ’s 30 population. In 2001 17 533 persons, or around one eleventh of FNQ’s population, 25 were of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander descent (DIP, 2007a). This is almost three 20 times the state average and four times the national average. 15

In 2001 more than half of the region’s 10 Indigenous population were living in Cairns or Yarrabah. More than 80 per 5 cent of Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal’s population were Indigenous. Mount Garnet, Ravenshoe, Herberton, Mossman, 0 Kuranda, Innisfail, Mareeba, Babinda, 0-14 15-24 25-44 45-65 65+ Tully and Gordonvale also had significant Age group (years) Indigenous populations. 2006 2031 Preliminary population projections have been undertaken specifically for Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal; however, the data Non-resident population Age distribution is limited and likely to underestimate Visitors, and in particular tourists, The age distribution of the region is the full population. Opportunities for comprise a significant proportion of overall similar to the state average, improved data collection are currently the region’s population. FNQ is one of the greatest difference being a higher being investigated. the most popular tourist destinations proportion of people aged 25-44 and in Australia. In 2001, 18 per cent of the a lower proportion of people over 65 region’s population were visitors. Most (DIP, 2007a). This largely reflects the visitors were from Australia (58 per cent), age distribution of Cairns Regional although the high proportion of overseas Council, and associated employment and visitors (42 per cent) was nearly double education drivers. the state average. Around 80 per cent of visitors were staying in Cairns Regional Parts of the Tablelands Regional Council Council, primarily at Cairns and Port and Cassowary Coast Regional Council Douglas (DIP, 2007a). have a low proportion of people aged 15-24 and a high proportion of people Accommodation preferences appear to older than 45 relative to the state differ between Australian and overseas average. visitors. Australian visitors tend to stay in private dwellings such as detached The age distribution of Yarrabah and houses, flats, units, caravans and other Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Councils temporary accommodation, whereas reflect the higher birth rates and overseas visitors tend to stay in non- shorter life expectancies of Indigenous private accommodation. communities. These communities have a high proportion of people aged 0-14 Fly in-fly out mine workers also contribute and a low proportion of people over 45 to the non-resident population. Some relative to the state average. mines within the region have semi- permanent accommodation camps Overall the region’s population is ageing however these are unlikely to be recorded in line with Australia’s ageing population. as the permanent place of residence. While the number of people in each Some FNQ residents alternatively fly age group will increase with population in-fly out to mines in other region’s or increases, the relative proportion of countries, such as Papua New Guinea. people aged 65 and over is expected to double in the next twenty years (figure 8). Part D–Regional land use pattern 19

Household size

The average household size in FNQ in 2006 was 2.5 persons per dwelling, similar to the state average of 2.6 (DIP, 2008c). Household size was higher in separate houses (2.8) than other dwellings (2.0). Household size is expected to decrease over time with the ageing population and trend towards smaller, particularly single person, households. Current household size projections for FNQ are shown in table 2.

The trend towards decreasing household size means that housing demand will continue to be higher than population growth in FNQ. An estimated 50 000 new dwellings will be required in Cairns, Tablelands and Cassowary Coast Regional Council’s based on current information.

Household sizes in Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal are relatively high, averaging 5.8 and 4 people per dwelling respectively Table 2: Household sizes in FNQ local government areas (2006 and 2031) in 2006 (ABS, 2007). Overcrowding and home ownership are significant issues in Average Household Size Local Government Authority these communities. 2006 2031 Cairns Regional Council 2.51 2.31 Tablelands Regional Council 2.52 2.30 Residential land supply Cassowary Coast Regional Council 2.56 2.27

There is a substantial amount of (Source: DIP, 2008b) broadhectare land in the region. Broadhectare land includes land currently zoned for residential purposes that is Table 3: Broadhectare land available for residential development greater than 0.25 hectare, vacant, suitable Residential land supply and potentially available. Of the 8415 Local government authority Urban residential Rural residential Total residential hectares of broadhectare land in the (ha) (ha) (ha) region, nearly two thirds (5462 ha) is Cairns Regional Council 1586 613 2199 zoned for rural residential purposes, and 80 per cent of this is within Tablelands Tablelands Regional Council 605 4561 5166 Cassowary Coast Regional Regional Council. Urban residential land 582 468 1050 comprises 72 per cent, 12 per cent and Council 55 per cent of the total broadhectare Total (ha) 2773 5642 8415 land available in Cairns, Tablelands (Source: DIP, 2007d) and Cassowary Coast Regional Council respectively. Table 3 shows the amount of land available for residential development across the region. 20 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Residential land supply is dynamic and Around 20 per cent of the region’s orientated communities in the region and more than 20 years supply has been population currently live outside of urban the reliance upon strong, viable activity provided through the regional plan. centres and localities on rural lands. The centres. Such opportunities are expected Supply is influenced by a range of factors existing range of rural lot sizes provides to be greatest, especially in the areas yet such as population growth, demographic flexibility for agricultural practices, for to be developed including the Southern changes, availability of broadhectare example by enabling production of Growth Corridor. land, rural land fragmentation, alternative crops with smaller land use dwelling densities, urban land use requirements. Throughout the region, there has been mix (e.g. demand for industrial land), significant fragmentation of rural land regional activity centres network and The regional plan seeks to protect rural and bushland largely brought about by environmental, social and economic policy lands (see section 2.6) and avoid low rural residential development on the objectives of the regional plan. Population density rural residential development (see urban fringe and in rural areas. Continued projections, availability of broadhectare section 4.6). Future urban land supply heavy reliance on rural residential land and various other inputs are being has been provided in close proximity settlement patterns will not enable the monitored to ensure adequate land to existing urban centres in order to development of optimal residential areas supply (refer to Part F). promote compact form, access to services in terms of access to services, efficient and infrastructure, and land use efficiency. use of infrastructure, and protection Recent studies indicate that rural lands in of natural areas and farm resources. FNQ have been significantly fragmented Such development is not a sustainable by past subdivisions, particularly in Implications of growth for the residential solution for the region in the coastal areas such as the Cassowary region long term. Coast (DIP, 2007e). Table 4 shows the total number of lots and percentage of The projected growth in the region As the population increases, there will lots that are less than 40 hectares in size could result in significant impacts— be increased pressures on services and in each former local government area. both positive and negative. The infrastructure, such as arterial roads, benefits could include an increase in public transport, potable water, local Table 4: Extent of subdivision by lots business activity and diversity, better parks, shops and community facilities. (40 ha minimum lot size) employment opportunities, and significant While the current and planned power improvements in the capacity to support generation capacity of the region is Former local Total Number of major new services and facilities. adequate, average household demand government number of lots <40 ha However, if growth is unmanaged, it could for energy is increasing. Total energy authority lots (per cent) result in environmental degradation, consumption by households, industry Atherton 1392 1208 deterioration of natural resources, and transport also generates significant (87) increased social problems, diminishing amounts of greenhouse gases, which Cairns 2943 2692 amenity and liveability and costly need to be reduced. The current use of (92) infrastructure provision (FNQ NRM et al, water and energy in the region is also Cardwell 2449 1964 2004, Lehrer, 2009). increasing. Efficiency gains from use (80) of water and energy are required to Douglas 1582 1379 There is likely to be greater demand reduce demand, minimise impacts on the (87) for diversity of housing forms to match environment and to meet the challenges Eacham 1727 1023 the needs of a changing household of projected climate change. (59) structure, particularly an increase in one Addressing these matters will be a major Herberton 2069 1443 and two person households across all task for the region as whole, some of (70) adult ages. The workforce will need to increase its level of reliance on older which can be achieved either directly or Johnstone 4279 3972 workers if it is to maintain the labour indirectly through regional planning. (93) force required to support the region’s Mareeba 6113 4614 economy. These factors are likely to (76) significantly and increasingly influence Total 22 554 18 295 changes in preferred housing types and (82) location especially in relation to their (Source: DIP, 2007e) proximity to services, employment, and leisure opportunities. This is likely to increase the importance of urban design that is based on promoting transit Part D–Regional land use pattern 21

Preferred pattern of development

The preferred pattern of development for FNQ defines the future spatial structure of towns and villages across the region that best achieves the regional vision. The preferred pattern of development:

• provides sufficient land to accommodate the projected population growth while promoting compact urban form and associated infrastructure efficiencies • consolidates urban growth around existing urban settlements, in particular the principal and major regional activity centres and future transit oriented communities • allocates additional land around specific centres to stimulate growth of those centres • locates growth areas close to employment nodes and avoids establishment or expansion of satellite Approximately two thirds of the region’s Subregional narratives towns and suburbs population growth, or around 70 000 people, will be accommodated within Subregional narratives have been • promotes flexibility and innovation Cairns. Two thirds of this, or up to prepared for each local government area in urban design and the role of 50 000 people, will ultimately live within in FNQ (figure 3) to broadly describe activity centres in accommodating the Mount Peter Master Planned Area. the intended future growth pattern future residents in closer proximity to Regional towns outside Cairns will also and associated transport infrastructure employment opportunities, services and continue to grow, with the main growth priorities. The subregional narratives link leisure opportunities occurring in Mareeba, Atherton, Innisfail, strategic planning at state, regional and • avoids expansion into areas with and to a lesser extent Tully. Opportunities local levels. Local government planning significant regional landscape or for future growth have also been provided schemes will be reviewed to reflect the rural production values or land use in various smaller urban centres. subregional narratives planning intent. constraints. By accommodating growth in this way the The regional land use categories and regional plan will help protect regional regional activity centre network referred landscape and rural production values, to in the subregional narratives are increase self-containment, improve described more fully elsewhere in the energy efficiency, facilitate mitigation and regional plan. adaptation to climate change and oil vulnerability, and yield a range of other significant community benefits. 22 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Cairns Regional Council Resident population in 2006: 147 538 Estimated resident population in 2031: 222 640 Principal regional activity centre: Cairns CBD Major regional activity centres: Smithfield, Edmonton, Earlville, District regional activity centres: Mossman, Port Douglas, Clifton Beach, Redlynch, Mount Sheridan, Manunda, Westcourt, Mount Sheridan, Gordonvale

Cairns Cairns currently has a large supply of centres, including those which may be broadhectare land (see Part D), with identified for outside the Mount Peter The vibrant, tropical regional city of much of this located at Palm Cove, Trinity area, which are likely to best meet the Cairns forms the urban heart of FNQ. It Beach, Smithfield, Redlynch, White Rock overall strategic aims of the regional has the largest population in the region and Edmonton. This supply is however plan will need to be carefully considered and plays a vital role in servicing the likely to be exhausted before 2031. An as part of any structure planning needs of the broader FNQ community. increasing proportion of dwellings will considerations and broader development As a tourist destination of international therefore need to be supplied by infill controls for the area and adjoining areas. significance, it provides a landing and redevelopment focused in and The full development of Mount Peter and point for visitors attracted by the around regional activity centres and surrounding areas are likely to go beyond region’s superlative and diverse natural public transport nodes. the life of this regional plan. environment. The associated blend of cultures and focus on relaxed, outdoor Future growth options for Cairns are Cairns’ major regional activity centres, living set amongst the tropical, highly limited, with the mountain ranges, Barron and to a lesser extent district regional scenic wet tropics rainforest and coastal and Mulgrave River flood plains, Trinity activity centres, will play an increasingly ranges, make Cairns a great place to live Inlet, and the coast constraining future important role in terms of employment and visit. development. The hill slopes of Cairns, and economic activity. A significant northern beaches and area east of the proportion of new jobs will need to be Significant economic activity and Bruce Highway between Edmonton and provided in the Edmonton and Smithfield employment is focused in an around Gordonvale contain significant regional major regional activity centres. The the Cairns central business district landscape values that should be should Edmonton major regional activity centre (CBD). Supporting regionally significant be protected. will be located west of the Bruce Highway infrastructure includes a major air and sea and be supported by industry facilities port, hospital and international conference The Mount Peter Master Planned Area located east of the Bruce Highway. centre. The CBD will evolve into a tropical is a key regional growth area and Additional areas of industrial land are transit oriented community with “Cairns- will accommodate the bulk of the currently being investigated east of the style” character strongly reflected in region’s future growth (see section highway to address shortage of supply. design and function. Future growth of 4.3). Development in Mount Peter will the CBD will primarily occur via infill and be concentrated in urban nodes, be The Smithfield major regional activity redevelopment on appropriate sites. separated and linked by open space, centre contains a number of elements, and have efficient transport networks. including the James Cook University Outside the CBD, Cairns suburbs will An ultimate population capacity of up to (JCU) and existing shopping centres and maintain their unique character and 50 000 should be planned for the Mount businesses. There are opportunities in become increasingly self-contained through Peter Master Planned Area in the longer the future for additional centre activities, development of localised economies, term. This level of expected development a technology park at JCU and additional centred within regional activity centres and and the strategic requirement to provide industrial land. Integrating these current walkable local activity centre networks. a high level of employment opportunity and future elements to best serve the Transit oriented communities will also within the Mount Peter Master Planned surrounding communities is a key priority. develop to provide attractive and desirable Area will require a viable network and alternatives to car travel. range of strong activity centres. This may include a major regional activity centre as well other levels of activity centres. The implications of the range of activity Part D–Regional land use pattern 23

North coast The north coast contains significant areas of good quality agricultural land and areas of high ecological significance, including large areas of the Daintree and other Wet Tropics World Heritage rainforest. The former Douglas shire contains important scenic and ecological values that attract significant tourism. Growth north of Cairns is constrained by a lack of appropriate infrastructure.

Mossman and Port Douglas are the largest urban settlements north of Cairns city. These two district regional activity centres are in close proximity but have different roles and function that result in economic synergies. Mossman is the main administrative, service, agricultural and industrial centre in the north, whereas Port Douglas has a stronger tourism focus.

Mossman currently contains a large supply of broadhectare land. Future development within the district regional activity A significant area of land is subject to Scope also exists for the Gordonvale centre will need to generate additional Indigenous Land Use Agreements (ILUAs) area to become serviced by higher order employment opportunities. Further growth with the Eastern Kuku Yalanji people. activity centres in the region. This is likely at Mossman and Port Douglas will be ILUAs are about the use and management to be the case as the Southern Growth constrained given ecological values and of land and waters, and are made Corridor grows and its centres assume infrastructure constraints. between the Traditional Owners and other a stronger and increasing capacity to people. The Eastern Kuku Yalanji ILUA service the surrounding areas. This matter The small Aboriginal settlement at includes an area of Aboriginal freehold should be taken into account when Mossman Gorge has been included within for their use in providing some residential considering the size, scale, location and the urban footprint. The regional plan and economic potential (NTTT, 2007). potential roles of centres in the Mount seeks to facilitate the subdivision of Peter area as well as other centres that existing houses into individual allotments The regional plan seeks to facilitate the may have an effect. The ongoing viability in this locality and future planning objectives of this and other ILUAs in the of the existing district activity centre at scheme amendments to an urban or region. The land in the Eastern Kuku Gordonvale needs to be also considered. village zoning. Yalainj ILUA is currently in the regional landscape and rural production area but Growth will be constrained in the The coastal settlements of Wonga, Newell has been identified as an area requiring predominantly agricultural production and Cooya Beach and various other further investigation (see section 3.8). areas south of Cairns. Minor areas of small urban centres and rural residential additional land have been included developments, including significant South coast within the urban footprint at Babinda, and options for redevelopment of state areas north of the Daintree River are not Gordonvale is a small sugar town south land are also being investigated. It is intended to grow or increase in density. of Cairns centred on the Mulgrave mill. not intended that Goldsborough Valley, These communities generally have very It contains a district regional activity Miriwinni, Bramston Beach and other low levels of infrastructure provision and centre supported by a diversity of social smaller settlements will grow. significant coastal and environmental infrastructure. It is a heritage town with constraints. Tourist development north of significant character housing, open the Daintree River should be small-scale, spaces and sport and recreation facilities. nature-based and protect the unique Any future urban development within ecological values and local character. Gordonvale should seek to avoid land use conflicts with existing industrial uses (the mill) and maintain Gordonvale’s unique character. 24 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Tablelands Regional Council Resident population in 2006: 43 507 Estimated resident population in 2031: 55 848 Major regional activity centres: Atherton, Mareeba District regional activity centres: Ravenshoe, Malanda Village activity centres: Kuranda, Yungaburra, Tolga, Herberton Rural activity centres: Dimbulah, Chillagoe, Mount Garnet, Millaa Millaa

Mareeba Additional areas are being investigated An increasing proportion of dwellings for potential future expansion of the in Atherton will need to be supplied The town of Mareeba has significant Mareeba airport and associated aviation by infill and redevelopment focused in future growth potential. It has ample industries to the west. and around the regional activity centre industrial land, a vibrant main street, and to minimise further encroachment of a pivotal role in agriculture and mining. residential development on good quality Mareeba is relatively unconstrained Atherton agricultural land. Character housing by good quality agricultural land or The nearby town of Atherton provides will be protected to maintain Atherton’s areas of ecological significance and a high level of commercial and retail unique character. is well serviced by road, rail and air opportunities as well as industrial, infrastructure. It is the primary urban educational, professional and social centre for rural families living in the facilities. It has an important rural industry Other centres expansive west and north-west parts of function and character and is in the “golden Kuranda is a small village activity centre the region (figure 2). triangle”—one of the richest and most set in the rainforest. It will continue to diverse agricultural areas in the State. have a specialist tourism focus and focal The growth of Mareeba is likely to point for the Cairns—Kuranda railway depend on the development of its The long term urban growth option for and Skyrail cable car. Densities will be industrial land for future economic Atherton has historically been south of kept low and building heights limited activities in the major regional activity the town extending to Hastie Road. While to maintain the village character and centre. Mareeba and surrounding areas there are clear infrastructure efficiencies significant areas of ecological significance. will continue to play an important in promoting such development role in natural resource management contiguous with the established urban Myola has been the subject of significant and agricultural science. An increasing area, it will result in the significant investigation and consultation in the proportion of dwellings in Mareeba loss of good quality agricultural land. past, including the Myola Feasibility will need to be supplied by infill and A future southern bypass of Atherton, Study in 2001, the Myola Planning Study redevelopment focused in and around extending between Herberton Road and completed in 2006 and detailed studies the regional activity centre. This will help the Atherton International Club could on the Kuranda Range Road. Myola sustain the town’s social infrastructure potentially provide a more appropriate is not considered necessary for urban and local business economy. edge to development. An alternative development in the life of this regional greenfield development option is to be plan. This position reflects the following Mareeba has a considerable broadhectare investigated to the west of the town of considerations: land supply. There is a key regional Tolga on elevated land that is of poorer growth area on the south side primarily soil quality. • there is sufficient land available consisting of Future Residential zoned elsewhere throughout FNQ to land. This area will need to be master The Tablelands Regional Council will accommodate growth within the life of planned to ensure appropriate dwelling investigate options to establish whether it this plan would be more desirable to accommodate densities, infrastructure sequencing, • the plan’s policies promote future growth south of Atherton or near transport, open space and waterway consolidation of population growth Tolga. The assessment will consider good networks. An area of Future Residential around existing urban centres that quality agricultural land, relative benefits zoned land on the north side of Mareeba provide employment and service associated with a consolidated urban will be protected in the regional opportunities landscape and rural production area while form, access to services and facilities investigations into the potential for a and integration with the established • oil vulnerability and rising fuel process local road network and other aspects of urban area, the efficiency of servicing have implications on satellite suburbs suitability are being undertaken. development and impact on the character of Tolga. The urban footprint may need to be amended once this investigation has been completed. Part D–Regional land use pattern 25

• the proposed urban development at Additional growth has been provided for Myola could not be accommodated at Millaa Millaa to help boost growth and by the existing Kuranda Range Road economic activity. Revitalisation of the and the cost of upgrading the Kuranda town’s main street and development of Range Road between Cairns and the new drivers will be important in attracting northern Tablelands is unaffordable in and retaining further growth. This the short to medium term, in a regional may include the development of food and state-wide context. industries and nature based attractions. With its favourable climate, good soils Ravenshoe is a key urban centre for and ample water, the Atherton Tablelands the southern Tablelands. This centre has the potential to provide food security supports the rural, tourism and mining for the region, particularly in the face of activities in the area and provides a climate change and oil vulnerability. There range of housing and lifestyle choices are aspirations for tourism to broaden and supporting facilities. Ravenshoe will its base, with a shift from day trips from play an increasingly important role in Cairns to longer stays. Tourism activities servicing the south-west portion of the will focus on the natural environment, Atherton Tablelands. Development of the mining and outback experiences. Tourist key regional growth area near the primary attractions such as the Savannah Way school will need to ensure appropriate tourist drive and Misty Mountain walking access to and from the existing town. trails will draw increasing numbers of tourists inland from the coastal plain. Herberton is constrained by topography, tenure and lack of sewerage Additional growth has been provided in infrastructure. Any future development will a number of smaller urban centres to be low key and is intended to reinforce facilitate economic and social aspirations the community focus of the town. This on the Tablelands. This includes Malanda, centre supports the rural, tourism and Ravenshoe, Tolga, Yungaburra, Millaa mining activities occurring in the area. Millaa, Dimbulah and Chillagoe. The rural centres of Chillagoe, Dimbulah Malanda will consolidate its role as and Mount Garnet are remote from larger a district regional activity centre and urban centres and provide a range of accommodate modest growth. It is services to the surrounding rural areas. intended that this centre will increase These centres are likely to increase in role and function over the life of the in importance in supporting mining plan to support the population of the activity. It is intended that mine workers southern Tablelands and reduce the need accommodation be included within the to travel to Atherton. The nearby centre existing towns where possible, or be of Yungaburra is intended to continue physically connected where this is not its function as a village in keeping possible. Local sports fields, markets with its strong character values. Urban and other activities provide important development on the broadhectare land opportunities for mine workers and the in Yungaburra will need to be staged local community to interact socially. appropriately and reflect the unique form and character of the existing town. 26 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Cassowary Coast Regional Council Resident population in 2006: 29 642 Estimated resident population in 2031: 32 923 Major regional activity centres: Innisfail District regional activity centres: Tully Village activity centres: Cardwell, Mission Beach

Innisfail link the transport and industrial functions. limited to avoid increasing traffic generation Potential sites will be investigated in the and urban impacts. Future development Innisfail is the largest town in the vicinity of Mundoo and Wangan. should occur around village nodes and Cassowary Coast and southern part of avoid linear form, maintain and restore the region. It contains a major regional cassowary habitat, and ensure good activity centre that bustles with economic Tully corridor connectivity. and social activity set amongst the lively Tully is a small sugar town south of Innisfail art deco heritage and attractive hilly centred on the Tully mill. It contains a Much higher levels of self-containment will streetscapes. The activity centre contains district regional activity centre with a large need to be achieved in Mission Beach to a diverse range of commercial, retail and concentration of business, employment and avoid travel to Tully and Innisfail. Additional administrative functions and provides a administrative functions. Primary industry local employment generators will need to wide range of urban services to the local activities including agriculture, horticulture, be developed based on protection and urban and rural communities. Innisfail is beef cattle, fishing, quarrying and forestry enjoyment of the natural environment, currently the only regional town in FNQ make an important contribution to the local and appropriate development of a district serviced by public transport. economy. regional activity centre at Wongaling Beach. Car travel will need to be managed and Population growth has been slow in A significant area of broadhectare land traffic impacts on cassowaries mitigated. Innisfail over the past decade, particularly has been included in the urban footprint after Cyclone Larry in 2006. Flooding north of Tully to accommodate future Further south is the town of Cardwell. constraints associated with the Johnstone growth. This is a key regional growth area Growth in this small coastal settlement River also limit future growth opportunities. that will need to be master planned to should be constrained to the existing A significant area of broadhectare land has ensure an appropriate local road network, urban area given land and infrastructure been included in the urban footprint near dwelling mix and density and achievement constraints. This will also help protect Reynolds Road to stimulate future growth of appropriate environmental outcomes. important ecological values including and economic activity. This is a key regional Opportunities to protect and revegetate essential habitat of the mahogany glider growth area that will need to be master strategic rehabilitation areas, encourage and marine species and further risks from planned to ensure an appropriate local road cycling and walking and provide alternative coastal hazards. The state land west of network, dwelling mix and density, and housing options in these areas are to Cardwell is currently being used for forestry achievement of appropriate environmental be investigated prior to the area being and its future use will depend on allocation outcomes. developed. under the Land Act 1994. An increasing proportion of future growth in Other centres There are a number of small coastal and Innisfail will need to be accommodated by Mission Beach is located near Tully and rural settlements in Cassowary Coast where infill and consolidation, particularly within consists of North Mission, Wongaling the natural or rural surrounds contribute to the regional activity centre. Additional and South Mission Beaches. It occupies valued lifestyle choices. These include Bingil infrastructure may be required to achieve a narrow strip of land between the Wet Bay, El Arish, Etty Bay, Flying Fish Point, higher densities. Urban development will Tropics and Great Barrier Reef World Kurrimine Beach, Mena Creek, Mourilyan need to protect and reflect the unique Heritage areas and contains significant and South Johnstone. These settlements character, form and feel of the town. areas of ecological significance including generally have limited infrastructure and urban services and are not intended to Innisfail has the potential to become a essential habitat of the endangered grow significantly. multi-modal transport hub in the future. It southern cassowary. The survival of this is well connected in terms of road, rail and ecologically important species is critically The small Aboriginal settlement at Jumbun port infrastructure and provides a strategic threatened by continuing habitat loss and south-west of Tully has also been included linkage between Cairns and Mourilyan Port, car strikes. within the urban footprint. The regional the Atherton Tablelands and Mourilyan Port, The urban footprint at Mission Beach will plan seeks to facilitate the subdivision for and Cairns to Townsville south. Additional, be constrained to minimise future impacts existing houses to individual allotments suitable industrial land will be identified on ecological values, coastal hazard risks in this locality with subsequent planning near Innisfail to create new employment and loss of the village character. Densities scheme amendments to change the current generators. There may be opportunities to are to be kept low and building heights zoning to a more appropriate urban or village zoning. Part D–Regional land use pattern 27

Yarrabah Aboriginal Shire Council Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Resident population in 2006: 2599 Shire Council Estimated resident population in 2031: 3001 Resident population in 2006: 361 District regional activity centre: Yarrabah Estimated resident population in 2031: 417 Rural activity centre: Wujal Wujal

Yarrabah is an Aboriginal community the health centre, hospital, child care/ Wujal Wujal is an Aboriginal community situated on Deed of Grant in Trust land welfare centre, schooling, fire brigade and situated on Deed of Grant in Trust land in the valley between Mission Bay and state emergency services, recreational in the Bloomfield Valley on the northern Oombunghi Beach, approximately 10 facilities, youth centre, aged care hostel, side of the Bloomfield River. It was kilometres directly east of Cairns. A large women’s centre, community hall and once the site of a mission. The existing urban footprint has been designated church. Various community service community facilities in this rural activity for Yarrabah. It is not intended that all operations provide employment and centre (see section 4.2) include council land within the urban footprint will be training opportunities for locals such as offices, supermarket, post office, library used for urban purposes. The allocation a radio station, market garden, tea tree and traditional knowledge centre, police, of land within the urban footprint for a plantation, and the Menmuny museum. community hall, child care, a primary range of purposes, including residential, health care centre with helipad and other open space and conservation, will Housing availability, infrastructure and facilities such as a sports oval, church be determined as Council prepares a services will continue to improve in and primary school nearby. planning scheme for the area. this shire to provide the community with appropriate facilities and economic The Council is the main employer Yarrabah is a district regional activity development opportunities. Housing although natural attractions such as the centre due to the range of services growth will be accommodated along Bloomfield Falls, Roaring Meg Falls and provided by the Council (see section the Oombunghi Road corridor to ensure other historic and Aboriginal cultural 3.8 and 4.2). Most employment in the efficient infrastructure utilisation. This heritage attractions support a fledgling area is provided through government is consistent with the desired coastal tourist trade. The nearby Eastern Kuku services, council and the Community outcome of the Wet Tropical Coast Yalanji Traditional Owners are likely to Development and Employment Program. Regional Coastal Management Plan (EPA, progress economic development in some Current community services include 2003a). form in the future as their community development planning processes are completed (see section 3.8).

The Wujal Wujal township is expected to grow over the next twenty years, with new housing required to ease overcrowding in existing poorly designed housing and to cater for higher than average population growth. The township is constrained by steep slopes, proximity to the river and flooding during times of extremely high rainfall during the wet season.

The urban footprint for Wujal Wujal includes the current township, and preferred expansion area on the south side of the Bloomfield River towards the historic locality of Degarra. It is not intended that all of the expansion area be used for urban purposes. The allocation of land for housing and other purposes within the urban footprint will be determined by the Wujal Wujal Council during planning scheme development and/or review that also takes into account constraints of the land. 28 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

The long term growth of mining is Transport expected to place significant demands on infrastructure the transport system, particularly roads, used for transporting ore from mine to processing plant and on designated The Far North Queensland Infrastructure highways for transport of concentrate or Plan provides a review of Queensland metals to the coast for further processing Government infrastructure projects and or export, primarily in Townsville. The planning activities, and reports on their rail infrastructure in the province is not alignment with the FNQ Regional Plan. sufficiently accessible to mining activity Planning and delivery of infrastructure at to accommodate the growth of mineral the regional, district and local levels also related tonnages. There is concern about occurs through a number of aligned plans, the capacity of the current road system to such as the Roads Implementation Program, accommodate the existing and potential the Cairns Integrated Public Transport Plan, transport of mineral product. Appropriate the FNQ principal cycle network plan and planning to address demand is important priority infrastructure plans. and should consider all transport modes.

Regional FNQ The arterial road network outside of The provision of transport infrastructure Cairns will be a key component in the between remote communities of the management of growth over the next north and west of the region to the twenty years. In particular, the threshold densely populated plains of Cairns capacities of the existing Bruce Highway, presents a range of challenges. The the Kennedy Highway (Kuranda Range) steep escarpment between the Atherton and Captain Cook Highway are major Tablelands and the coastal plains issues for region. Managing traffic make large scale improvements to volumes on these and other arterial transport links very expensive. The Wet roads within the region may require an Tropics World Heritage area listing and innovative approach to planning, design environmental concerns of this and other and funding in order to preserve regional areas creates additional constraints and environmental and community values. expense. There are also challenges in managing road freight to ensure road The Captain Cook Highway between Palm space is shared effectively between heavy Cove and Port Douglas is constrained vehicles, passenger vehicles and other and will continue to be maintained as a road users. major scenic route. The car ferry crossing on the Daintree River will continue to Significant volumes of freight are limit development north of the river, generated from the rich Atherton while the road between the Daintree and Tablelands agricultural land and pastoral Bloomfield Rivers will continue to be a holdings west and south of it. Produce is scenic/adventure drive, adjacent to the sent to markets and ports on the coast Wet Tropics World Heritage area. and to the south. Areas west of the Atherton Tablelands (part of the north east minerals province) are rich in minerals deposits. Following the recent growth in mining activity in the North East Minerals Province, exploration in this area is expected to stimulate increased production of mineral ore and concentrate. The roads in the area are generally not designed for this level of freight and accelerated deterioration is likely along with increased safety concerns. Part D–Regional land use pattern 29

The significant biodiversity and scenic Cairns The Southern Cairns Integrated Land values of the Mission Beach area are also Use and Transport Study 2002 (SCILUTS) To ease increasing traffic congestion, recognised. The access roads are adjacent (Sinclair Knight Merz, 2002) was a priority Cairns requires well integrated transport to the Wet Tropics World Heritage area action of the Far North Queensland options that provide attractive and through roads are adjacent to the Regional Plan (2000). SCILUTS made alternatives to private car travel. As the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. These will recommendations about land use last city on the Bruce Highway supply primarily remain as scenic tourist drives and transport to meet the demands chain, Cairns is dependent on an efficient and to service existing residential areas of urban growth south from Cairns to transport network to support continued and identified resort areas. Gordonvale, subject to targeted land use growth in the economy. and transport planning outcomes being The Department of Main Roads achieved, including: The overall efficiency of existing and future (DMR) intends to undertake sufficient transport infrastructure relies on land use investigation to identify and preserve • an upgraded highway with priority options that provide densities of population the available options for transport for public transport vehicles and off and intensities of land use activities corridors. Any additional corridors may road shared commuter cycle paths in to make public transport viable. To be be very expensive and involve social and the corridor, plus an advanced public successful the public transport system must environmental impacts. The land use and transport system integrate with surrounding land uses, and transport strategies of the regional plan provide reliable pedestrian connectivity. • the Bruce Highway, and the local road need to be fully implemented, so that The development of future centres within network should include provision for the need for any additional corridors is greenfield growth areas, including the public transport, pedestrian and cycle delayed as long as possible. Mount Peter Master Planned Area, are likely movements to play a significant role in achieving this Kuranda Range Road • in the short to medium term the strategic aim and will need to be reflected public transport system is likely to Investigations have been undertaken in consideration of the planning for such be on-road, bus-based transport. In regarding substantially improving the road centres. the long term the road-based system link between Cairns and the Northern should supplement an advanced Tablelands. A significant consideration The Cairns Integrated Public Transport public transport system. The available was infrastructure cost and affordability Plan 2005 (Queensland Transport, 2005a) corridors for an advanced public of major infrastructure projects. After recommended: transport system are the main line extensive investigation, planning and railway corridor, the Bruce Highway • the introduction of transit/bus lanes community consultation DMR identified corridor, and sections of the sugarcane and high-frequency bus services in the a four-lane surface route with extensive railway corridors bridging as the best solution, determined medium term • an efficient arterial road network is the footprint, obtained necessary • bus lanes on key corridors and to be provided from the northern end environmental approvals and revised cost bus priority at busy intersections of the Bruce Highway motorway into estimates based on these factors. However, throughout Cairns and high frequency central Cairns to provide a high level of in 2007, the upgrade was assessed as bus services in the long term. being unaffordable in the short to medium connectivity to key freight, employment The Queensland Government has term. Improvements to the road will, and service centres commenced planning for a new transit however, occur in the interim. • a high-speed, high-capacity, north– network for Cairns. The network will south cycleway is to be provided from identify dedicated public transport spines Gordonvale to the city centre. to connect the length and breadth of Cairns. In order to achieve the potential community benefits of this settlement pattern, developers and local and state government agencies must commit to the principles of transit oriented communities in Cairns. It will take time to plan for and achieve public transport networks and residential densities around the transit oriented community, and the early delivery of key transit oriented community sites will require policy and infrastructure support. 30 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Priority actions to achieve the FNQ preferred settlement pattern

Short-term (0–5 years) • preparing a master plan for the Medium-term (5–15 years) Smithfield major regional activity centre In the short-term there will be In the medium term there will be consolidation of the existing development • implementing the Industrial Land increasing consolidation of the preferred activities and establishment of a Demand and Supply Study pattern of development and a focus on framework for medium and long term • investigating additional industrial land developing the regional activity economic development. The following activities sites at Edmonton, Smithfield and strategies. The following activities need to need to be achieved in the short term: Innisfail be achieved in the medium term:

• establishing the Regional Plan • developing economic and employment • budgeting* for, and delivering the Implementation Group to support the strategies for regional activity centres public transport infrastructure around Regional Coordination Committee and key industry sectors the key transit oriented communities • amending planning schemes to ensure • investigating the potential for a sites at Edmonton, Palm Cove, consistency with the regional plan transport hub to be located near Redlynch, Earlville and Gordonvale Innisfail for and developing future • preparing an infrastructure plan to • planning transit oriented communities in support the regional plan • establishing an intergovernmental Cairns, transit oriented communities taskforce including at Palm Cove, Redlynch, • preparing priority infrastructure plans to progress the planning of transit Earlville and Gordonvale for priority infrastructure areas oriented communities (see Part E, • ongoing staged release of land in the • preparing transport network plans section 8.1) Mount Peter Master Planned Area for Tablelands and Cassowary Coast • planning for a new or refurbished the preferred pattern of Regional Councils • reviewing transit mall in the Cairns CBD development for FNQ • monitoring residential land activity • budgeting* for, and delivering public • designation and investigation of • preparing a structure plan for the transport infrastructure in Cairns potential future growth areas. Mount Peter Master Planned Area particularly around key transit oriented which maximises the ability to walk to communities Long-term (15 years and activity centres, minimises the need for • planning and developing increased beyond) private vehicle-based travel between densities around the proposed public In the long term significant focus on centres and facilitates transit orientated transport nodes at Smithfield and consolidation within Cairns and the major communities through the urban design Edmonton (west of the Bruce Highway) regional towns. Significant decisions of its centres to create transit oriented communities will be made about the long-term future • preparing master plans for the first • identifying additional transit oriented regional pattern of development. The staged release of land in the Mount communities on the Cairns transit long-term strategy includes: Peter Master Planned Area network • investigating alternative future urban • reviewing the Kuranda Range Road • budgeting* for future public transport upgrade and Myola proposals areas at Atherton and Tolga and infrastructure in Cairns reviewing the regional plan and • expanding the urban footprint and regulatory provisions if necessary • planning, design and construction of designating urban growth areas reticulated sewer and sewage treatment • undertaking further investigation and plant at Malanda • a review of urban structure and form of planning to accommodate growth in Cairns and regional activity centres to Mareeba to support its role as a major • developing regional monitoring facilitate consolidation regional activity centre, including framework to assess key environmental, • reviewing existing and developing new master planning for the southern social and economic indicators or amended economic strategies. growth area • investigating opportunities for port *Projects are subject to the normal state government • investigating future urban areas on the activities at Mourilyan. budget assessment process. northern side of Mareeba and reviewing the regional plan and regulatory provisions if necessary • preparing a master plan for the Edmonton major regional activity centre Part D–Regional land use pattern 31

FNQ regulatory Regional land use categories Regional landscape provisions The FNQ Regulatory Provisions allocate all and rural production land into one of three regional land use categories: regional landscape and rural area The FNQ Regional Plan 2009-2031 production area, urban footprint and rural State Planning Regulatory Provisions living area. These categories provide the (FNQ Regulatory Provisions) have been Intent spatial context for the preferred pattern prepared under part 5C of IPA as a The regional landscape and rural of development in the regional plan. They stand-alone document to complement production area (RLRPA) includes are shown indicatively on maps 1a to and provide regulatory support to the lands that have regional landscape, 1k, and in more detail on the regulatory regional plan and assist in implementing rural production or other non-urban maps (1:50 000 and 1:250 000 scale) the preferred settlement pattern for the values, and protects these areas and associated online mapping. Regional region. from encroachment by inappropriate land use category boundaries are based development, particularly urban or rural on cadastral, planning scheme or other The FNQ Regulatory Provisions, which residential development. defined boundaries. came into effect when they were gazetted, replace the draft State Planning Description State legislation, local government Regulatory Provisions (Regional Plans) planning schemes, other planning The RLRPA includes land with one or May 2008, which were introduced on 9 instruments and local laws may more of the following values: May 2008. Any development applications continue to apply in addition to the that were lodged between 9 May 2008 FNQ Regulatory Provisions. The FNQ • good quality agricultural land and other and the date that the FNQ Regulatory Regulatory Provisions prevail to the productive rural areas Provisions were gazetted, will be subject extent of any inconsistency with other • natural resources such as mineral and to the draft State Planning Regulatory planning instruments under the IPA. extractive resources and native and Provisions. plantation forests The regulatory provisions aim to regulate • water catchment and groundwater areas certain land use and development • areas of ecological significance, throughout the region and outline aspects including of development that may not occur in stated locations. The application and • endangered and of concern regional intent of the regulatory provisions are ecosystems described in detail in the FNQ Regulatory • Wet Tropics World Heritage Area and Provisions. protected area tenures 32 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

• essential wildlife habitat of the Inclusion of land within the urban Local government planning schemes southern cassowary and mahogany footprint does not imply that it can be and structure plans for declared Master glider developed for urban purposes. The urban Planned Areas will be the primary footprint includes areas unsuitable for mechanisms for establishing the future • wetlands urban development because of values use of land and preferred timing of • beaches, islands and other coastal or constraints, including areas of high development within the urban footprint. areas ecological significance, waterways, • outdoor recreation and regional open hill slopes, scenic amenity, cultural FNQ regulatory provisions heritage sites, and open space, and space areas The FNQ Regulatory Provisions restrict land constrained by flooding, bushfire, • inter-urban breaks. urban development that may compromise landslide and projected climate change the future planning intent of a declared FNQ regulatory provisions impacts such as storm surge and sea Master Planned Area within the urban level rise. It also includes rural zoned The FNQ Regulatory Provisions restrict the footprint. following in the RLRPA: land for future urban growth. Local government is required to amend the • further fragmentation of land holdings planning schemes to ensure appropriate future use of these lands. • urban development, except within Rural living area specific urban zonings The FNQ urban footprint focuses urban • residential development associated with growth in locations that: Intent tourist accommodation The rural living area comprises locations • are identifiable urban areas including • expansion of rural residential currently designated for rural residential cities, towns and some small centres development. development in local government • have or may have infrastructure such planning schemes where further rural The FNQ Regulatory Provisions support as reticulated water and sewer, a local residential development is permitted diversification of rural economies by road network, and social infrastructure under the regional plan. allowing a range of developments including: • physically connect with existing urban areas Description • small to medium scale tourist activities Rural residential areas contained within • address specific land use needs such the rural living area may be developed for • small scale industry, business and as industrial land provision. rural residential purposes in accordance community activities The urban footprint includes a number with the local government planning • sport and recreation facilities. of small urban centres. These generally scheme and other relevant requirements. have, or are intended to have, a village type zoning under the local government Significant areas of land are already Urban footprint planning scheme, or primarily contain developed or allocated for rural residential zonings. The level of residential development in the region. infrastructure and service provision is Land for rural residential purposes is Intent generally low, and may be limited to a to be restricted to the Rural Living The urban footprint includes land school, pub and/or shop. These small Area to ensure future development is to provide for the region’s urban urban centres have an important in appropriately located and access to development needs to 2031. servicing the region’s rural communities. services and facilities can be provided.

Description The urban footprint also includes Some areas of rural residential land that some areas designated or already are remote from urban communities or The urban footprint includes existing developed for rural residential purposes are heavily constrained are within the urban areas and broadhectare land that are well located with respect to RLRPA. potentially suitable for future urban urban services and facilities. Local development. It will accommodate the full government is required to identify range of urban uses such as: potential opportunities to develop or • housing redevelop rural residential areas for urban purposes where this is appropriate. • industry Inclusion of rural residential land in the • business urban footprint does not imply that it can necessarily be developed for urban • community facilities purposes as above. • tourist facilities • sport, recreation and urban open space. Part E–Regional policies 33

FNQ regulatory provisions Urban growth areas The FNQ Regulatory Provisions do not prevent land in the rural living area The FNQ Regulatory Provisions also being developed for rural residential include urban growth areas to provide purposes but make applications for urban for an orderly process for investigating, activities impact assessable. Transitional planning and delivering urban arrangements provide a window of development together with the timely opportunity for landholders to apply to development of infrastructure in FNQ. develop rural residential land within the RLRPA. Urban growth areas are key broadhectare locations for subdivision and development within the urban footprint. The FNQ Regulatory Provisions allow the Minister to declare urban growth areas in the urban footprint as a Master Planned Area under the IPA, thereby triggering the structure planning process of that Act. The Minister can include new areas by notice in the Government Gazette. The master planning process is described more fully in Part E, section 4.3. 34 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

PART E—Regional policies

This section outlines the fundamental Underlying principles The Queensland Government is also principles, policies and desired regional a signatory to the Intergovernmental outcomes that will guide FNQ planning Agreement on the Environment 1992 and development assessment. It is and National Strategy for Ecologically recognised that the vision of the regional Ecological Sustainable Development 1992. The plan and desired regional outcomes sustainability following principles apply to all public cannot be achieved through land use policy making and its implementation planning mechanisms alone (i.e. policies within Queensland, including the Ecological sustainability is defined under implemented through IPA). Regional Plan: IPA as a balance that integrates: Other statutory and non-statutory plans, • Integrated and long-term decision • protection of ecological processes and strategies and guidelines play an equally making—incorporating long and short- natural systems at local, regional, state important role in this regard. Where term environmental, economic and and wider levels achieving an outcome also relies on social considerations into decision other aligned plans and strategies, this is • economic development making. highlighted in the text. • maintenance of the cultural, economic, • Inter-generational equity—ensuring that physical and social wellbeing of people the health, diversity and productivity and communities. of the environment is maintained or IPA seeks to achieve ecological enhanced for the benefit of future sustainability by coordinating and generations. integrating planning at the local, regional • Intra-generational equity—ensuring a and state level, managing the process by fair share of resources and opportunity which development occurs, and managing among present generations. the effects of development upon the environment. Part E–Regional policies 35

• Precautionary principle—ensuring that, where there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental damage, lack of full scientific certainty is not used as a reason for postponing measures to prevent environmental degradation. • Conserving biological diversity and ecological integrity—protecting the variety of all life forms, their genetic diversity and the ecosystem of which they form a part, recognising the various services they provide to humans as well as their intrinsic values. • Internalising environmental costs— ensuring the true costs and life cycle costs (incurred from when inputs are • higher temperatures—annual average The Garnaut Climate change review report produced through to waste disposal) of temperature is projected to increase released in September 2008 warns that protecting and restoring environmental by 0.9°C by 2030 (mid-range emission FNQ may be one of the most threatened damage are reflected in the price of a scenario) and to increase by 1.5°C and regions in Australia due to the potential product or service. 2.8°C under the low and high-emission impacts on the Great Barrier Reef and scenarios respectively by 2070. Wet Tropics World Heritage areas, and Ecological sustainability is an underlying the tourism economy that depends on principle that will permeate every • more extremely hot days—up from four these two resources. Diversifying the aspect of the regional plan and its days over 35°C per year for Cairns to regional economy will help to build FNQ’s implementation. six days per year by 2030 and 10 (low- economic resilience to the impacts of emission scenario) and 34 days (high- climate change (Garnaut, 2008). emission scenario) by 2070 Addressing climate • uncertainty about rainfall, with a Research overseas and in Australia potential decrease in rainfall overall by indicates that there are significant change and oil 2070 economic benefits in responding early to vulnerability (peak oil) • a decrease of nine per cent in the climate change—both to mitigate climate frequency of tropical cyclones off the change (reduce the amount of climate change occurring, by reducing emissions Climate change and oil vulnerability (peak East Coast of Australia and an increase in the number of long-lived and severe of greenhouse gases) and to adapt to oil) are two critical issues in determining climate change. In simple terms, reducing the future ecological sustainability of (category 3–5) eastern Australian tropical cyclones (Abbs et al. 2006). emissions and adapting to climate change FNQ. The Queensland Office of Climate earlier will mean less cost to economic Change, Department of Infrastructure and • global sea-levels could rise from 18–59 growth and lifestyle. Planning and Queensland Transport have centimetres by 2100, with a possible joined in partnership to develop regional additional contribution from melting The Queensland Government has released planning responses to climate change and ice sheets of 10–20 centimetres (IPCC, an Issues Paper on the review of its oil vulnerability. 2007). Garnaut (2008, p.94) reported climate change strategy that contributes recently that future sea-level rise could to the national and global effort to be much worse that projected by the tackle climate change (Queensland Office Climate change IPCC as a consequence of uncontrolled of Climate Change, 2008). The strategy climate change, and could result in will support Queensland’s contribution The available scientific evidence global sea-level rise of up to 1.4 metres towards the national target to reduce overwhelmingly indicates that climate by 2100. greenhouse gas emissions to 60 per cent change is a serious global threat • The 1-in-100 year storm tide event is of 2000 levels by 2050. demanding an urgent response. The projected to increase by 37 centimetres likely impacts are significant for the in Cairns. This change in the storm FNQ region’s environment, economy and tide height is calculated from the communities. greenhouse-induced estimates of a 30 The following climate change projections centimetres sea level rise, a 10 per for FNQ (CSIRO & BoM, 2007) show a cent increase in cyclone intensity and number of changes (expressed as a ‘best frequency, as well as a 130 kilometres estimate’ or median value) compared to shift southwards in cyclone tracks. the 1990 baseline: 36 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

The review will update and consolidate Oil vulnerability (peak oil) or below average incomes are likely to be ClimateSmart 2050: Queensland climate the most affected. change strategy 2007 and Queensland’s Oil Vulnerability is the point at which ClimateSmart Adaptation 2007–12: an production in an oil well, field or region The Queensland Government is currently action plan for managing the impacts of begins to decline. This point is typically preparing an Oil Vulnerability and climate change (NRW, 2007a) in light of reached when one-third to one-half of Mitigation Strategy and Action Plan the latest scientific assessments as well as the oil in a reserve has been extracted. and released the Towards Oil Resilience national and international developments in Decline is inevitable due to the loss in Community Information Paper in climate change and climate change policy. pressure as oil is extracted, even with September 2008 (EPA, 2008a). The the advanced drilling and extraction community information paper seeks to The review will identify programs techniques available. Once production involve the community in developing and policies to support reductions in peaks, demand for oil will outstrip supply. options and strategies to prepare for an greenhouse gas emissions and help oil-resilient future. Queensland adapt to the impacts of Future oil shortages and sustained climate change. high fuel prices are realities that An oil-resilient future for Queensland Queenslanders must now face. They is one where impacts of changing oil Climate change will have significant will impact on virtually every sector supplies and prices have minimal effect impacts on the region, particularly on its of the economy, although the most on the Queensland economy and lifestyle. natural systems and unique biodiversity. immediate impacts are likely to be felt To prepare for oil shortages and volatile The tourism industry relies on healthy in the transport, tourism and agricultural prices, the information paper proposes reef and rainforest environments. sectors, all of which are particularly three key areas for action: Coral reefs are particularly sensitive to reliant on oil. temperature increase and climate change • creating oil-resilient transport networks Given the vulnerability of Queensland’s induced increases in temperature could • promoting a sustainable fuel supply cause widespread coral bleaching, with industry and community to sustained high a subsequent impact on specific tourist oil prices, the Queensland Government is • planning for oil-resilient towns and destinations. The most recent predictions taking steps to prepare for an oil-resilient cities. indicate that unless greenhouse gas future. In April 2007 the Queensland While oil vulnerability and climate change emissions are mitigated, the Great Barrier Government released the Queensland’s are major issues in their own right, they Reef could disappear and be replaced by Vulnerability to Rising Oil Prices Taskforce are intricately linked and the combined seaweed and soft corals. Report (Queensland Government, 2007a). impacts may be more than the sum of The taskforce reported that overwhelming each individual issue. The challenge for Increased temperatures, reduced rainfall, evidence suggests world oil production the community is to make the transition and increased frequency or severity of will peak within the next 10 years. The to a low-carbon economy, reducing cyclones could also severely affect the report noted an increasing reliance on atmospheric carbon concentrations and Wet Tropics World Heritage area, with supplies from politically and socially managing the declining availability of oil, cyclone-damaged rainforests, loss of unstable areas, which increases the risk which will require a fundamental lifestyle biodiversity, high levels of extinction of supply disruptions. Combined with change for the entire community. and reduced attractiveness to tourists. the increasing world demand for oil and Changes in temperature or rainfall could oil products, oil prices are anticipated to Given the community’s growing energy also have significant impacts on the cane, substantially increase in the future. consumption and dependence on dairying and horticulture industries. vehicular transport, the reliance of The taskforce concluded that Queensland the region’s economy on tourism and People will also be affected, with climatic was vulnerable to peaking world oil agriculture, and the possible severe change causing more heat-related health supplies given supply and demand trends impacts on these industries from climate problems, a higher incidence of mosquito- and the regional distribution of the change and peak oil issues, it was borne diseases, and increased exposure population, tourism and industrial base. imperative they be addressed in the to catastrophic events, such as cyclones, regional plan. flooding and droughts. Researchers at Griffith University have assessed the relative vulnerability of Mechanisms to respond to the joint Climate change is also likely to compound households based on the combined challenges of climate change and the effects of existing threats, such as impacts of rising fuel prices, higher oil vulnerability were considered in development-related habitat loss and mortgage interest rates and general price establishing the preferred settlement fragmentation. It is therefore important inflation. Higher fuel prices are likely pattern for the region and are to both reduce these existing threats and to have most effect on those residents incorporated throughout the following enhance natural ecosystems and their of FNQ who are highly reliant on car policies. supporting ecological processes to build transport and lack public transport their resilience to the expected impacts of alternatives. Outer suburban residents in climate change. rural or remote communities with average Part E–Regional policies 37

1. Natural environment

Desired regional outcome The region’s terrestrial and aquatic natural assets, which include the Wet Tropics and Great Barrier Reef World Heritage areas, are protected and enhanced to increase their resilience to the impacts of climate change.

biological diversity that is unparalleled on the Australian continent. The Great Barrier Reef World Heritage area is the largest and most diverse coral reef system on the planet and features outstanding biodiversity of international significance.

These areas represent a major stage of the earth’s evolutionary history and are an outstanding example of ongoing ecological and biological processes. They contain superlative natural phenomena, and are some of the most important natural habitats for conservation of biological diversity world-wide.

Rapid urban growth and climate change pose immediate and significant threats to the region’s natural assets. The Great Barrier Reef, coastal plain, upland ecosystems, and endemic rainforest The natural environment underpins the species are particularly vulnerable regional economy and FNQ lifestyle. The to climate change. Decisive action is natural beauty of the landscape, relaxed required to retain these valuable natural outdoor living, and availability of nature- resources and enhance the connectivity based recreation and open space are also of native vegetation and wetlands, reduce vital components of the FNQ character threatening processes and reverse the and lifestyle. Nature-based tourism and decline in water quality, biodiversity agriculture rely heavily upon high-quality and the natural values of the coast. natural areas. Ecosystem resilience will be critical in mitigating and adapting to climate The region includes extensive areas of change, and the region’s subsequent the Wet Tropics and the Great Barrier ecological sustainability. Reef World Heritage areas (see map 2). The Wet Tropics World Heritage area is a recognised centre of outstanding 38 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

1.1.4 Urban development in or adjacent to areas of general ecological significance (see map 3) is located, designed and operated to avoid or, where avoidance is not possible, minimise any adverse impacts on ecological values where possible.

1.1.5 Urban development on a lot that is within a strategic rehabilitation area (see map 3) results in improved ecological connectivity or habitat extent within that lot.

1.1.6 Offsets requiring revegetation that cannot be achieved on the development site should Objective be focused within strategic 1.1 Biodiversity rehabilitation areas (see map 3) conservation • Protect, manage and enhance the where appropriate. extent, diversity, condition and connectivity of the region’s natural While much of the region is protected areas to maintain ecological integrity in national parks, marine parks and Aligned strategy and processes, reverse biodiversity declared fish habitat areas, there are decline and increase resilience to the 1.1.A Revegetation and ecological many areas of ecological significance that expected impacts of climate change. rehabilitation programs are fall outside these protected areas. These prioritised and undertaken within areas are likely to be most threatened by strategic rehabilitation areas (see further urban development. In particular, Land use policies map 3) or degraded areas of the coastal lowlands and the Atherton 1.1.1 Urban development within the high ecological significance. This Tablelands have been severely affected is to be done using local native by past development. Setting an urban regional landscape and rural production area is located outside of species in a mix that enhances footprint provides an opportunity to ecological and habitat function control the encroachment of urban areas of high ecological significance (see map 3). while ensuring that rehabilitation development into areas of high ecological does not negatively affect significance. 1.1.2 Urban development within the neighbouring agricultural use or other development types. Clearing of remnant vegetation for rural urban footprint or rural living area development is regulated under the within an area of high ecological Vegetation Management Act 1999 (VMA). significance (see map 3) is located, While broadscale clearing of remnant designed and operated to avoid Explanatory notes impacts on ecological values, or vegetation for agricultural purposes The regional plan aims to manage the where avoidance is not possible, was phased out in 2006 under the impacts of urban development upon areas minimise impacts and then offset VMA, clearing for urban purposes is not of high ecological significance, general residual impacts so there is a net currently subject to the same level of ecological significance and strategic gain of the impacted values. control. The biodiversity conservation rehabilitation areas. Decision making policies focus on protecting ecological 1.1.3 Urban development adjacent to processes under IPA must take account values from potential adverse impacts of of short and long-term environmental urban development. areas of high ecological significance (see map 3) is located, designed, effects of development at local, regional, state and wider levels. They must also Local governments will need to amend operated and setback to avoid apply the precautionary principle and their planning schemes to reflect the adverse impacts on the area’s avoid, if practicable, or otherwise lessen biodiversity conservation policies and ecological values. any adverse environmental effects mapping. Detailed codes and guidelines of development. The preservation will need to be prepared to assist local and maintenance of key regional government. environmental resources is an important element of the regional plan. Part E–Regional policies 39

What are areas of ecological significance?

Areas of high ecological significance − significant coastal dune systems • Landscape linkages identified in the are considered to be of international, detailed in the Wet Tropics and draft Wet Tropics Regional Vegetation national, state or regional significance Cardwell Hinchinbrook Regional Management Plan under the VMA and include: Coastal Management Plans • Corridors identified in Sustaining the Wet Tropics: A Regional Plan for • Protected areas—land managed − data from the Einasleigh Uplands Natural Resource Management under the Nature Conservation bioregion terrestrial biodiversity Act 1992 including national parks, planning assessment. • Corridors identified in State conservation parks, forest reserves, Biodiversity Planning Assessments state forests and timber reserves. Areas of general ecological significance • Cassowary corridors identified are areas of remnant vegetation of • World Heritage areas—the Wet by Biotropica for the Australian local conservation significance and Tropics World Heritage area, which Rainforest Foundation include: is managed under the Wet Tropics • Regional cassowary corridors Management Plan 1998 • Wetland areas identified by the Commonwealth • Wetlands Department of Environment, Water, − In GBR catchments, wetlands Heritage and the Arts. − in Great Barrier Reef (GBR) identified from AquaBAMM catchments, including wetlands (excluding wetland areas of high Strategic rehabilitation areas have been of very high or high significance ecological significance and artificial mapped to cadastral boundaries to identified using Aquatic and modified wetlands) provide certainty about the areas the Biodiversity Assessment and land use policies apply to. Mapping of Mapping Method (AquaBAMM), − in Gulf catchments, water bodies these areas has only been completed (EPA, 2006a) from the 1:250 000 topographic for the eastern part of the region; mapping series (excluding however, there is the potential to map − in non-GBR catchments, including wetland areas of high ecological more specific, non-cadastral areas in wetland aggregations mapped significance) response to future rehabilitation works. in the Directory of Important Wetlands, specifically the Spring • Terrestrial area—remnant vegetation The state government has identified Tower Complex and Mitchell River (excluding areas of high ecological areas of ecological significance using Fan Aggregation significance) scientifically robust methodologies. It is acknowledged that much of the • Local conservation corridors. • Terrestrial area—habitat of rare or mapping is broad scale, and that endangered species, including Strategic rehabilitation areas are areas a site inspection will generally be where rehabilitation would result required to confirm the specific type − essential habitat of the southern in strategic outcomes for the long- and location of ecological values. It is cassowary and mahogany glider, term conservation of biodiversity. also acknowledged that ecosystems are which are endangered species They include a mixture of remnant complex and dynamic over time and protected under the Nature vegetation, regrowth and cleared space. The mapping will be reviewed Conservation Act 1992 land, and represent current significant and updated as part of future plan gaps in habitat continuity. Strategic − regional ecosystems with a reviews to reflect the most up-to-date rehabilitation areas are, or may in Vegetation Management Status information. future be, important links in wildlife of endangered (less than 10 per corridors that connect core areas of cent of original extent remains) remnant vegetation, including east- or of concern (between 10 and west or north-south connections of 30 per cent of original extent both state and regional significance. remains) and ‘non woody’ regional The mapping is based on the following ecosystems data sources: 40 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

These land use policies do not affect outlining the methodology for calculating managed for biodiversity outcomes. Any existing use rights or apply to operational biodiversity offset requirements. rehabilitation works under aligned strategy works for agriculture (see Schedule 9 1.1.A are intended to be entirely voluntary, of IPA) or domestic activities, such as The areas of high ecological significance and will only occur through landholders’ building and plumbing works; cultivation; includes potential habitat of a range involvement and agreement. Voluntary drainage works; and building farm of species protected under the agreements may be prepared to reflect and houses, sheds and associated structures. Environmental Protection and Biodiversity protect their significant interests. Neither do the land use policies apply to Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). a change from one form of agriculture to Areas outside this may contain other Including land within a strategic another, such as a change from grazing to matters of national environmental rehabilitation area may provide strategic cane, or cane to tree crops or plantation significance protected under the EPBC Act. short and long-term advantages for forestry. Development proponents should consider landholders in terms of access to funding the EPBC Act in its entirety prior to taking from natural resource management bodies However, these land use policies do any action. and offset programs. The latter includes an apply to a change from an agricultural emerging range of carbon and biodiversity use to an urban development within The EPBC Act regulates activities offsets, which in turn may lead to areas of high ecological significance, (described as actions) that may have a economic diversification opportunities and general ecological significance or significant impact on a matter of national stronger rural economies. strategic rehabilitation area. There are environmental significance. Matters of potential opportunities to locate urban national environmental significance Any revegetation within a strategic developments outside areas of ecological include: rehabilitation area should use an significance (see map 3). appropriate mix of local native species • listed species and ecological that enhances the area’s ecological value. The intent of policy 1.1.1 is to avoid communities The policies included in the regional locating urban developments within • listed migratory species areas of high ecological significance plan provide a practical response to the in the regional landscape and rural • wetlands of international importance expected impact of climate change on production area. Essential community • the Commonwealth marine environment nature in the region. At a broad level infrastructure, such as power lines the climate change response strategy • World Heritage places and telecommunication towers may be is designed to protect a diversity of permitted in areas of high ecological • national heritage places habitats, maintain or improve natural significance, subject to adverse impacts • nuclear actions. values of areas outside the reserve being avoided or mitigated, including network, and maximise the resilience and Further information about the EPBC Act the use of offsets (see policy 6.1.B). connectivity of natural areas. A number of can be obtained from the Department of Nature-based tourist attractions, such as core areas of significant biodiversity are Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts. the Kuranda Skyrail or MaMu rainforest located within the protected area estate, canopy walkway, may also be permitted and protecting and enhancing habitats The protection and rehabilitation of provided the facility is established to and corridors between these core areas ecosystem connectivity, including strategic provide managed visitor access for the is an essential policy outcome for the rehabilitation areas, is vital to the long- purposes of promoting an understanding regional plan. term protection of the region’s biodiversity. of ecological values in the area (see Scientific research indicates the region’s policy 5.5.4). Maintaining the region’s natural biodiversity is highly vulnerable to environment must be tackled on many projected climate change, particularly in The regional plan acknowledges that fronts, and cannot be achieved through the low lying coastal areas and elevated areas of high ecological significance may IPA alone. Efforts need to be directed on mountain ranges. Large, connected be located within existing urban zoned both public and private lands, through a vegetation remnants may recover more land. These areas should be managed combination of voluntary and regulatory effectively from disturbances, such as so that development avoids adversely mechanisms. tropical cyclones, compared to small, impacting the ecological values or, where isolated or fragmented patches. The this cannot be practicably avoided, There are many other programs and condition of the Wet Tropics World impacts are minimised and any residual strategies, all of which help to achieve Heritage area and other areas of high impacts are offset. The Queensland the desired regional outcome. Several of ecological significance strongly depends on Government Environmental Offsets Policy the most relevant plans and strategies appropriate connectivity. (EPA, 2008b) guides decision making by include: Queensland agencies in regard to offset Landholders make an invaluable requirements. A detailed biodiversity • Sustaining the wet tropics: a regional contribution to biodiversity conservation offsets policy will be published in 2009 plan for natural resource management in the region. The strategic rehabilitation 2004–2008 and associated biodiversity area includes a range of agricultural conservation condition report lands, many of which are already being (FNQ NRM Ltd et al 2004) Part E–Regional policies 41

• Wet tropics management plan (WTMA,1998) • Wet tropics conservation strategy (WTMA, 2004) • Southern cassowary recovery plan (EPA, 2004b) • Declared fish habitat area management policies and guidelines (Department of Primary Industries and Fisheries) • Commonwealth and state marine park zoning plans • Commonwealth Hinchinbrook plan of management • Queensland Government environmental offset policy (EPA, 2008b) • Reef water quality protection plan (Queensland Government et al, 2003) • Coastal protection and management plans under the Coastal Protection and Management Act 1995. Protecting endangered species These programs and strategies sit within a broader policy framework for The southern populations of the FNQ biodiversity cannot be dependent biodiversity conservation at the state southern cassowary (Casuarius solely on the implementation of (e.g. Queensland biodiversity policy casuaris johnsonii) and mahogany protection measures for these animals framework: sustaining our natural wealth, glider (Petaurus gracilis) are listed alone. Environmental Protection Agency—back as endangered species under the on track species prioritisation framework), Nature Conservation Act 1992 and Mission Beach and hinterland, national (e.g. National strategy for the the Environmental Protection and southern Atherton Tablelands, and conservation of Australia’s biodiversity, Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. Daintree to Cape Tribulation are National Representative System of Marine considered as priority areas for Protected Areas) and international level Both taxa are national and state biodiversity conservation (DCILGPS, (e.g. World Heritage Convention). priorities for recovery actions. Southern 2000). In the Mission Beach area, cassowaries are large animals requiring urban development is contributing large areas of habitat and access to to significant ongoing decline of the clean water. They are also major long small cassowary population. Current distance dispersal agents for large urban impacts upon cassowaries and fruited rainforest trees and considered their habitat—especially increasing a keystone species. Mahogany gliders losses due to road traffic and dog occur in coastal lowland habitats, attacks—are not believed to be many of which are endangered from sustainable. These areas are not past clearing. While these two species considered appropriate for high-density are Wet Tropics icons, conservation of urban development. 42 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Land use policies 1.2.5 Development ensures there is no 1.2 Coastal net loss of public access to the management 1.2.1 Coastal development is located, foreshore or use of coastal waters, designed and managed to and public access is designed and first avoid and then minimise maintained to conserve coastal The natural values of the region’s coast, or offset adverse impacts on resources and maintain public including its sandy beaches, abundant coastal resources and ecologically safety. native plants and animals, tropical significant coastal areas, as shown rainforests, extensive coastal wetlands on map 4. 1.2.6 Local governments identify and part of the world’s largest coral reef, erosion-prone areas and storm all contribute as natural capital to the 1.2.2 Development in Declared Fish tide inundation areas within their region’s economic wealth, and attract Habitat Areas, as shown on map planning schemes. new business enterprises, new residents 4, is avoided. Where there are no and tourists. Careful management of the alternatives, impacts are minimised coast is required to ensure the region’s or offset in accordance with the Aligned strategies coastline continues to contribute to the relevant fisheries management livelihoods and lifestyles of residents and policies and guidelines (see section 1.2.A Coastal processes in areas visitors, and to ensure its most valued 5.4). demonstrating degradation from elements are protected and conserved. unintended, consequential or 1.2.3 Development does not occur within past alterations to the coast are an erosion-prone area that is also targeted for rehabilitation when Objectives within a coastal management works are undertaken in the district; or within a storm tide coastal zone. • The region’s natural coastal resources, inundation hazard area, as shown including the foreshore, coastal in map 4, except in accordance with 1.2.B Areas that provide for the wetlands, marine ecosystems and relevant policies of the state and landward retreat of coastal dunes are protected, managed and are regional coastal management plans. habitats and species threatened able to accommodate the impacts of by sea level rise are identified and climate change. 1.2.4 Planning schemes and protected where possible. • The coast is managed to allow for development proposals must natural fluctuations—including any that be consistent with the zoning 1.2.C Coastal development and maritime occur as a result of climate change and plans and management plans infrastructure are designed and sea level rise—and to protect human of the Queensland Great Barrier located to minimise interactions life and property from the hazards Reef Coast Marine Park and the with protected marine wildlife. of storm tide inundation or shoreline Commonwealth Great Barrier Reef erosion. Marine Park. Part E–Regional policies 43

Explanatory notes The Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and that can be abandoned (e.g. sporting the state’s Great Barrier Reef Coast Marine fields), easily relocated or is temporary Many changes to the coast’s foreshore Park zoning plans protect a significant can be undertaken in areas at risk are natural in origin, such as sediment portion of the region’s wetlands and from storm-tide inundation. Guidelines transport along the coastline and influence where development may occur (mentioned above) provide details fluctuations to the location and form of in these areas. Map 4 shows marine of the government’s risk-assessment the coast as a result of natural physical park zones. Certain developments, such methodology to be applied in such interactions between the coast and as aquaculture or infrastructure, may be situations. the sea. However, the coast is also restricted in specific zones. experiencing increasing pressures from Fish habitat areas are managed to climate change, and urban and other The state coastal management plan protect important near shore marine development. Impacts include: and regional coastal management plans environments that are critical to have the effect of state planning policies sustaining populations of commercial • sea level rise and increased shoreline under IPA. Policies under Chapter 2.2 and other marine species. The areas erosion of the State coastal management plan are established and regulated under the • increased flooding caused by higher provides more detailed direction to Fisheries Act 1994. Section 5.4 provides mean sea levels and changes to runoff ensure development on the coast is further explanatory notes in relation to rates not subsequently threatened by natural policy 1.2.2 above and management of coastal processes. fish habitat areas generally. Land use • increased frequency and intensity planning is to accommodate appropriate of extreme events, such as tropical The EPA has prepared guidelines to buffer widths between existing fish cyclones and storm surges support the implementation of the coastal habitat areas to allow for climate change • increased coral bleaching events due to plans, including: with landward shifts of estuarine and rising water temperatures and increased marine fauna and flora communities. acidity • Mitigating the Adverse Impacts of Storm Tide Inundation (storm tide guideline), Coastal development near estuaries, • changes to natural ecosystems. which provides guidance on how to waterways and drains should be designed Protecting the coast requires a joint appropriately reflect the coastal hazard and located to minimise the risk of community effort and cannot be achieved (storm tide) policy in planning schemes residents interacting with hazardous through IPA alone. A combination of and development assessment (EPA, wildlife, such as crocodiles (see section voluntary and regulatory mechanisms 2007a) 4.7). Potential impacts on protected needs to be directed on both private and • State and Regional Coastal marine wildlife, for example turtles and public land. There are many programs Management Plans—Queensland’s dugongs, should also be considered and strategies that assist in achieving Coastal Policy Implementation in the siting and design of marine the desired regional outcome. Several of Guidelines for Development Assessment infrastructure. the most relevant plans and strategies and for Planning Schemes (EPA, include: 2007b). • Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and the In addition, the Coastal Protection and state’s Great Barrier Reef Coast Marine Management Act 1995 provides that land Park zoning plans within the erosion-prone area may be surrendered to the state as a condition • State Coastal Management Plan (EPA, of a lot reconfiguration approval and be 2001a) reserved under the Land Act 1994 for • Wet Tropical Coast Regional Coastal beach protection and coastal management Management Plan (EPA, 2003a) purposes under local government • Cardwell–Hinchinbrook Regional Coastal trusteeship. Erosion prone areas that lie Management Plan (EPA, 2003b) within coastal management districts are shown on map 4. • Fish habitat management operational policies and guidelines (Department of In assessing development proposals on Primary Industries and Fisheries). land in low-lying coastal areas (below the two-metre contour above the highest astronomical tide), an assessment of the storm tide inundation hazard risk is to be undertaken to avoid placing people and property at risk. Only development 44 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

1.3 Air and acoustic environment protection

FNQ is generally considered to have good air quality. This is primarily due to the extent and health of its natural environment as well as the lack of major industrial development when compared to other Australian cities. Nevertheless, issues of air and noise pollution do occur in localised areas of the region. Excessive noise is the most widely reported form of pollution in Queensland and is known to affect various sections of the community. While generally considered a nuisance, noise can reach a level where it becomes harmful, resulting in practices are adopted that act to and quality of life that may result from decreased quality of life. minimise air and noise emissions hazards or from air or noise emissions. and the impacts of emissions on Wherever possible, sensitive land uses, Concentrations of pollutants in the sensitive land uses such as residential development, should ambient air in FNQ are generally below be located away from industrial or concentrations permitted in national 1.3.2 Development that generates intensive agricultural land uses, or major air quality standards. However, issues emissions must be adequately transport routes. Air and noise pollution may arise where industrial pollution or separated or planned, designed, is currently managed through: uncontrollable events, such as fire, leaks constructed and operated to or explosions, cause air-quality indicators ensure the impacts of air and • Environmental Protection Act 1994 noise emissions on sensitive land to exceed ambient air-quality standards. • Environmental Protection Regulation uses meet the objectives of the 1998 Several measures are available to manage Environmental Protection (Air) Policy the impacts of noise and air emissions. and the Environmental Protection • Environmental Protection (Air) Policy These range from the use of planning (Noise) Policy. (EPP Air) tools such as setback areas to design • Environmental Protection (Noise) Policy and management measures including the 1.3.3 Sensitive land uses should be (EPP Noise) installation of emission-reduction devices separated from activities that This legislation establishes local, to help reduce or avoid exceeding levels generate noise and air emissions regional or state standards for air quality specified in standards. This means going including commercial, recreational and acoustic quality. A State Planning over the legal levels, i.e. if they are activities such as motor sports, Policy for Air/Noise (SPP) is currently exceeded then leave as is. Each of these intensive agricultural land uses, being developed by the EPA. The SPP measures acts to reduce the potential major transport facilities and is expected to contain a hierarchy of impacts of emissions on sensitive land industrial developments to planning and management tools to uses with the implementation of separation ensure that existing air and noise protect sensitive land uses from the distances being the preferred method. emitters are not affected by the encroachment of sensitive land uses. impacts of air and noise emissions and also to protect land uses that are known to produce emissions from the Objective 1.3.4 Noisy outdoor recreational activities, such as motor sports, are designed encroachment by sensitive land uses. • Development is located and managed and located to avoid conflicts with As far as possible, permanent facilities for to maintain or enhance air and the adjacent residential areas. noisy outdoor recreational activities, such acoustic environment to maintain the as motor sports, should be located away health and wellbeing of the community from residential areas. However, some and the natural environment. Explanatory notes facilities, such as showgrounds, may Eliminating the impacts of air and noise already be located close to residential Land use policies pollution is not always possible. Providing areas. These facilities may enjoy existing separation distances between industry use rights for a range of outdoor 1.3.1 Urban design, industrial and and other sensitive activities serves to recreational activities. Similarly, temporary residential subdivision layout, reduce the impacts on health, amenity events may sometimes occur close to building design and operational residential areas. Part E–Regional policies 45

2. Regional landscape and natural resources

Desired regional outcome The environmental, cultural, social and economic features that comprise the region’s unique tropical and rural landscapes are identified, maintained and managed sustainably and are more resilient to the impacts of climate change.

The forested hills, rural landscapes and abundant, tropical greenery make the region’s scenery special and distinct from other parts of Australia. The region’s landscape also supports areas of international conservation renown and important primary production. It provides a backdrop for tourism, outdoor recreation and spiritual and cultural pursuits. 46 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

2.1 Regional Objective Aligned strategies landscape values • The region’s landscape values are 2.1.A A consistent methodology for identified, protected and managed identifying and valuing regional through an integrated planning landscape values is developed and The region’s natural areas are approach. applied across the region. characterised by their high biodiversity, agricultural and fisheries productivity, 2.1.B The value of sustainably managed and scenic amenity. The natural Land use policies agricultural land for food environment is also a major economic production, ecosystem services and 2.1.1 The value of the landscape for asset; it contributes substantially to contribution to the social character nature conservation, primary the tourism and natural resources of the region is recognised and production, renewable energy industries, as well as to residents’ and supported through appropriate resource areas, priority carbon visitors’ quality of life and to recreational land management practices and sequestration, cultural heritage, and scenic opportunities. The region’s incentive programs. landscapes and natural areas also have outdoor recreation and scenic amenity is given appropriate important cultural significance for the 2.1.C The ferry crossing at the Daintree recognition in land use planning region’s Indigenous and non-Indigenous River is maintained to protect the and development assessment. communities. FNQ’s landscape has: World Heritage and scenic values of the area north of the Daintree 2.1.2 The significance of cultural • areas of high ecological significance River. landscapes is given appropriate • areas of good quality agricultural land recognition in land use planning 2.1.D The roads between Palm Cove and • areas of high scenic amenity and development assessment. Port Douglas, and Daintree River to • extractive and mineral resource areas Bloomfield River are maintained as 2.1.3 Development and infrastructure scenic routes. • potential renewable energy resource provision north of the Daintree River areas is managed to protect the significant • cultural heritage areas biodiversity, scenic and ecological values of the area. • outdoor recreation areas • areas that form inter-urban breaks • water catchment areas • coastal waters and foreshores. Awareness of the value of the region’s rural and open spaces in addressing climate change impacts and in reducing greenhouse gas emissions through renewable energy production or carbon sequestration in forested areas is now growing. Part E–Regional policies 47

Explanatory notes the conservation and agricultural values The landscape and scenic elements of of the region, there is little available on the former Douglas Shire are considered Landscape values often exist on different the region’s scenic amenity or cultural by many residents and visitors as tenures of land and no single jurisdiction heritage attributes. being regionally significant. The policies is responsible for their protection and included in this section protect these management. For example, scenic A regional data collation and information values of the area by: landscapes can occur on both public exchange framework is needed based and private land. Important conservation on a regional geographical information • limiting urban growth and development corridors that link areas of high ecological system to collate and present data. Using north of the Daintree River significance may be found on privately a consistent methodology, regionally • designating the area between the owned farm land. The responsibility for significant landscape values can be Daintree River and the Bloomfield preserving landscape values needs to be defined. This information could be used River as a regional landscape and rural shared across all levels of government, to develop state and local government production area community and industry. State and local planning policies to protect and manage governments must work together to the area’s landscape values. • maintaining existing policies to improve integration of land use planning maintain a the car ferry crossing on the and management processes in order to Governments must work with Indigenous Daintree River address land-based issues and conflicts Traditional Owners and native title • maintaining the roads between Palm that may diminish landscape values. holders to protect and manage Cove and Port Douglas, and the landscape values. The state has signed Daintree River to Bloomfield River as Existing data on landscape values is often Indigenous Land Use Agreements (ILUAs) scenic routes. difficult to locate and may cover only with the Eastern Kuku Yalanji people a portion of the region. Methodologies to cooperatively manage natural and It is important that development north used to collect, analyse and present cultural values on land in the Daintree of the Daintree River remains low key data are often incompatible; therefore, area, and with the MaMu people for the and sustainable to protect the scenic and information cannot be readily shared MaMu rainforest canopy walkway west of World Heritage values and character of between management agencies. While Innsifail (see section 3.8). the area. The existing access configuration there is much information available on and lack of mains power are two major reasons why the area north of the 48 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Daintree River has remained in a relatively Aligned strategies undeveloped state. They are also the 2.2 Natural resource reasons why the area has maintained management 2.2.A Integrated management of land its heritage status and attractiveness within the regional landscape to tourists. The Douglas Shire planning and rural production area is The region’s natural resources include scheme provides for limited infrastructure achieved through a partnership rainforests, marine and freshwater provision north of the Daintree River, with approach between federal and wetlands, agricultural land, native a strong preference for self-sufficiency state agencies, local government, plants and animals, minerals, air and using sustainable technologies. The regional natural resource water. Natural resources underpin the regional plan supports these elements of management bodies, Traditional region’s major economic activities, such the scheme. Owners, land holders and the as tourism, agriculture, mining, forestry community. and fisheries. Most natural resources are The Daintree River ferry crossing is limited and some are non-renewable. an important element of the tourist 2.2.B Natural resource management plans Population growth in the region will place experience and tourism economy, creating for the Wet Tropics and Northern increased pressure on the region’s natural a sense of destination and emphasising Gulf are recognised in managing resources. the isolation and significance of the area. natural resources in the FNQ region, The ferry limits the number of vehicles particularly outside the protected that can travel into the area during peak area estate. periods, which serves to limit undesirable Objective crowding on roads and at visitor facilities. 2.2.C The Wet Tropics Management Plan • The economic, environmental, tourism, In this regard, maintaining a car ferry, 1998 and associated strategies are social and cultural values and functions as opposed to constructing a bridge recognised in managing the Wet of the region’s natural resources are crossing, remains a policy for the region. Tropics World Heritage area. recognised, valued and managed to achieve ecological sustainability and The region is very vulnerable to rising 2.2.D Opportunities to use alternative resilience to climate change. fuel prices due to its heavy reliance on approaches within the agricultural air and vehicle-based transport for the sector to meet both economic import and export of goods and services. Land use policy and environmental outcomes are The wet tropics area, with its rich soils, explored such as carbon trading, favourable climate and high rainfall, has 2.2.1 Local government planning ecosystem service payments and significant potential for sustainable food schemes take into account natural environmental offsets. production, which would secure food resource management plans and supplies for the region and build the the impacts of climate change on 2.2.E Agriculture and rural land use region’s resilience in the face of climate natural resource management. are managed to minimise FNQ’s change and peak oil impacts. Appropriate contribution to climate change and incentives are needed to encourage increase resilience to its impacts. landholders to take up sustainable 2.2.F Pest plants and animals on all land farming practices and natural resource tenures are managed through management measures. natural resource management plans and in accordance with the appropriate land protection legislation. Part E–Regional policies 49

Explanatory notes

The region comprises a range of different land tenures, from national parks, private land and leasehold grazing properties (see map 5). Improved management practices are required across all land to prevent overuse or degradation of natural resources. Natural resource management groups and state agencies are working closely with landholders and industry to improve catchment management techniques to reduce the impact of sediment and nutrient runoff on waterways, and ultimately on the Great Barrier Reef. Many programs to control feral plants and animals are also underway. Much of this work is currently occurring and will continue to be implemented through the natural resource management bodies for FNQ and the Gulf. Strategic direction Further assessment will continue to Most resource management actions take is provided in the natural resource analyse and map natural resources in the place at the landowner and community management plans for the region: region. The impacts of climate change level. Sustainable natural resource and Sustaining the wet tropics—a regional and rising fuel prices on natural resource environmental management relies on plan for natural resource management availability and subsequent effects on statutory and non-statutory mechanisms 2004–2008 and Northern gulf regional industry and the community will also need and can only be achieved through natural resource management plan to be considered. Opportunities may exist the commitment and involvement of 1995. The wet tropics management plan to benefit from the region’s ecosystem community and industry groups. To 1998 and associated strategies also services through carbon sequestration achieve this, there needs to be effective provide direction for management of the and carbon trading, as well as through communication in the development of Wet Tropics World Heritage area. The environmental offsets. Opportunities for strategies, regulations, policies and control of declared pests is managed ecosystem service payments and others management practices relating to the by Biosecurity Queensland under the mechanisms to assist landholders in management of the region’s natural Land Protection (Pest and Stock Route maintaining environmental assets on their resources. Management) Act 2002. property should be further explored (see section 1.1). An important component of resource management and resource allocation decisions is the identification of resource availability and development opportunities. Significant land use assessment work has already been undertaken in the region to identify natural resources such as good quality agricultural land, areas of high ecological significance, fish habitats and forestry plantations. 50 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Outdoor recreation activities are also b) in the regional landscape and highly valued by residents and tourists rural production area, development and commonly rely on natural settings. inconsistent with a council planning These activities include bush walking, scheme avoids slopes greater than white water rafting, diving, photography, 1:6 or upwards to and including the fishing, bird watching, camping, rock ridgeline. climbing, bike riding, horse riding and scenic flights. c) community consultation is undertaken for development on Inappropriate development has the slopes greater than 1:4 and upward potential to diminish the region’s in the urban footprint and rural outstanding scenic and recreational living area and on slopes greater values. than 1:6 and upward in the regional landscape and rural production area.

Objectives 2.3.3 Coastal local governments identify 2.3 Scenic amenity, areas likely to have hill slopes of • The visual amenity of the region’s gradient 1:4 and 1:6 within their outdoor recreation natural landscapes, seascapes and planning schemes. productive rural lands is protected and and inter-urban breaks enhanced. 2.3.4 Public access to significant popular viewpoints is retained, and views • The region’s tropical outdoor lifestyle The region has a diverse range of protected from development that is valued, protected and managed to outstanding landforms and seascapes. diminishes the scenic values. provide a range of experiences which The features which combine to create the enhance liveability. region’s visual imagery include mountain 2.3.5 Outdoor recreation development ranges, coastal escarpments, beaches, considers climate change impacts rivers, valleys, agricultural land, creeks, Land use policies on public health, safety and rainforests, wetlands, estuaries and access including from heatwaves, islands. Scenic values are an integral part 2.3.1 The visual amenity of the region’s bushfires, flooding and coastal of the World Heritage significance of both landscapes and seascapes is inundation. the Great Barrier Reef and Wet Tropics protected and enhanced by World Heritage areas. assessing proposed developments 2.3.6 A regional network of roads, on landscapes that are vulnerable bicycle and pedestrian trails A particular landscape feature that is to visual impact due to their is provided to ensure good highly valued in the region is its hill prominence, topography or degree connection between urban areas slopes. Inappropriate subdivision on of naturalness. and regional open space resources. hill slopes has affected visual amenity and a number of developments on 2.3.2 On coastal hill slopes and 2.3.7 Major urban areas, towns and hill slopes are prone to landslide. This headlands contained between the villages are separated from type of development will no longer be boundary of the Wet Tropics World regional landscape and rural permitted in the urban footprint and Heritage area to the west and the production areas by inter- rural living areas unless the area has Great Barrier Reef lagoon to the urban breaks that protect the a gradient less than1:4, or there is an east; and from the Daintree River character and identity of regional overriding need in the public interest. to the north and Cardwell Gap to communities. Public utilities, such as telecommunication the south: towers or power transmission lines, would be allowed, however they should a) in the urban footprint and rural Aligned strategies be designed and located to minimise living area, reconfiguring a lot and the impacts on scenic amenity. Outside other development inconsistent with 2.3.A A range of outdoor recreation these areas, development on slopes a council planning scheme avoids opportunities is available within with a gradient greater than 1:6 should slopes greater than 1:4 or upwards and outside the protected area ensure development is sympathetic to the to and including the ridgeline estate to meet the diverse landscape values of the area. unless there is an overriding need needs of the community whilst for essential community service maintaining the landscape values infrastructure. of the region. Part E–Regional policies 51

should be reflected in the planning schemes of coastal regional councils.

The region needs to provide for a wide range of outdoor recreation activities for residents and tourists on a sustainable basis, recognising and protecting the natural environment values of the area. Development of outdoor recreation opportunities on private land outside the protected area estate will reduce pressures on these areas while also contributing to the diversification of the economy.

Recreation areas need to be integrated with urban communities in a way that improves linkages between the urban footprint and outdoor recreation environments and encourages accessibility to outdoor recreation opportunities from existing and new development areas. Explanatory notes greater than 15 per cent (see section 4.7). Policy 2.3.2 provides additional guidance FNQ has a network of many The region has outstanding scenic to developers and local government interconnected urban areas that are landscapes and seascapes, including the on minimising the visual impact of separated by rural or natural land, each Cairns scenic rim, the rainforested hill development on slopes with a gradient with its own special identity, character slopes which form a backdrop to the greater than 16 per cent (1:6) and steep and role. These urban areas are coastal lowlands, the rocky headlands slopes with a gradient greater than 25 contained within urban footprint areas and the seascapes of the Great Barrier per cent (1:4). The policy applies only on and framed by the regional landscape Reef lagoon and the spectacular coastal hill slopes and headlands between and rural production area. The area that panoramas or ranges and valleys the Daintree River to the north and distinguishes one footprint from another associated with the Atherton Tablelands. Cardwell Gap in the south of the region. is referred to as an inter-urban break and These and other visual features are is located within the regional landscape widely used to promote the region, and Several of the region’s roads are and rural production area. These areas are important to the tourism industry recognised for their scenic qualities. are protected from inappropriate urban and the general quality of life. Many For example, the Captain Cook Highway development and subdivision through landscapes also hold important cultural, between Palm Cove and Port Douglas, the FNQ Regulatory Provisions and play spiritual and aesthetic values, particularly and the Daintree River to Bloomfield an important role in maintaining regional for the region’s Indigenous peoples. River Road are major scenic drives. Road character and identity. maintenance and upgrades should seek Some scenic landscapes are highly to maintain these scenic qualities (see The Wet Tropics Management Authority vulnerable to visual impact due to their section 2.1). has developed a series of plans and prominence, topography or degree of strategies that aim to protect and manage naturalness. Inappropriate or poorly Assessment of hill slope development use of the Wet Tropics World Heritage designed urban and infrastructure by local government should focus on area, whilst maintaining scenic values development has, in the past, led to siting and design measures to protect and outdoor recreational opportunities. degradation of these natural landscapes. and enhance the visual amenity of Examples include: These areas need to be rehabilitated the landscape and on input from the and future impacts on scenic landscapes community. Consideration should • Wet Tropics Management Plan avoided. be given to the use of appropriate (WTMA,1998) colours, materials, architectural design, • Wet Tropics Nature Based Tourism State Planning Policy1/03: Mitigating the landscaping, retention and revegetation Strategy (WTMA,2000) Adverse Impacts of Flood, Bushfire and of native vegetation to protect and Landslide (Department of Emergency enhance the natural scenic amenity of the • Wet Tropics Walking Strategy (WTMA, Services, 2003) outlines measures to reduce landscape or seascape. These provisions 2001) the risk of landslide on slopes of a gradient • Wet Tropics Conservation Strategy (WTMA, 2004). 52 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Objectives

• Good quality agricultural land is identified and protected for on-going and future agricultural production. • The region’s forestry resources are identified, and sustainably managed to maximise benefits to the community. • The region’s fishery resources and fish habitats are identified, and sustainably managed to maximise benefits to the community.

Land use policy

2.4.1 Good quality agricultural land is protected from urban development outside the urban footprint. 2.4 Primary production Management of the state’s forestry and 2.4.2 Appropriate buffer distances fisheries resources is undertaken through between incompatible uses and and Fisheries specific legislation—the Forestry Act 1959, agricultural operations on good Forestry Plantations Queensland Act 2006 quality agricultural land are and the Fisheries Act 1994. The interface Agriculture, forestry and fisheries are provided through sensitive land with IPA generally only occurs indirectly, major contributors to the regional use planning in accordance with where forestry or fish habitats may be economy and are dependent on the use State Planning Policy 1/92 (see impacted by development. Management of its natural resources. FNQ is fortunate policy 1.3.3). of fish habitats under the Fisheries Act to have large areas of good quality 1959 is a state interest under IPA. agricultural land which provide the basis 2.4.3 New or intensified development in for its extensive agricultural, horticultural, or adjacent to fish habitats or key While much of the region’s rainforest is dairying and grazing industries (see map fishing grounds is avoided through protected within the Wet Tropics World 6). Besides these areas mapped, other appropriate buffers and code Heritage area, there is still potential for areas of agricultural land are valuable for provisions (see policy 1.2.2). a viable forestry industry in the region, a range of purposes in maintaining the Opportunities exist for the expansion of 2.4.4 Marine, estuarine and freshwater viability of many agricultural industries. plantation forestry in appropriate areas, habitats are protected, enhanced Preserving suitable and accessible along with limited harvest of native and managed to maintain agricultural land is the key to enhancing timber outside the World Heritage area. sustainable fish stock levels, the long-term viability of the region’s maximise fisheries’ production agricultural industries. The commercial and recreation fishing for the on-going benefit of the industry provides significant economic Encroachment of urban, rural residential community (see section 1.1). value to the region through direct and non-agricultural activities on employment, processing fish products and agricultural land poses a major threat to support services. Fisheries activities in the the region’s economic future. The regional region include commercial fisheries, game plan, by setting an urban footprint area fishing, aquarium, recreational, traditional and controlling further subdivision in the and aquaculture. Increased population, regional landscape and rural production coastal development and climate change area will contribute towards protecting impacts have the potential to place these rural land for on-going agricultural fisheries resources under a high degree production. of stress. Part E–Regional policies 53

Explanatory notes • incentives for land-holders are developed and maintained to retain Good quality agricultural land good quality agricultural land for productive agricultural use Some loss of agricultural land is inevitable, given the shortage of land • consideration is given to economic along the coast and in other areas aspects of agricultural industries suitable for urban development. However, and good quality agricultural land in it is in the best interests of economic, planning and development decisions social and community well-being of the • mechanisms to resolve conflicts region that agricultural land is protected between agriculture and urban land use wherever possible and only utilised activities are established. where there is an overriding need. This approach has been taken in determining State Planning Policy 1/92 Guideline the preferred settlement pattern for FNQ 2—separating agricultural and residential and in setting urban footprint areas. Once land uses (DPI et al, 1992) includes designated for urban development within recommended separation distances. the urban footprint, areas of good quality Additionally, rolling or sequential agricultural land are no longer shown on buffers can be employed as farm land map 6. (designated for future urban use) is developed in stages with lots for The state government has an interest in new houses set back from continuing the protection of good quality agricultural cropping). land as currently reflected in State Planning Policy 1/92: Development and Forestry Conservation of Agricultural Land. Local Forestry is a form of agriculture, albeit governments are required to take this one with a long crop rotation cycle. There interest into consideration and using is a need to identify and target land local knowledge, determine appropriate suitable for forestry production, having mechanisms to be imbedded into local regard to a range of environmental, social government planning schemes that ensure and economic factors. Forestry operations the following: can assist in meeting environmental objectives through reforestation and • good quality agricultural land is rehabilitation of natural areas and identified and mapped in local sustainable harvesting practices. Forestry government planning schemes can also play a part in the reduction of • farming activities with no specific greenhouse gas emissions through carbon requirement for good quality sequestration. agricultural land, such as intensive animal husbandry, are discouraged from In the context of the State Planning Policy utilising good quality agricultural land 1/92: Development and conservation of agricultural land, plantation forestry • good quality agricultural land is not projects do not alienate land from other severely fragmented as to make viable agricultural uses in the future; and primary industries unviable (see section therefore plantation forestry is considered 2.6) compatible with the objectives of the • family transfers are managed to prevent State Planning Policy. fragmentation of the agricultural land holdings 54 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Fisheries and fish habitat A broad range of fish habitat management responses are require to effectively 2.5 Extractive The commercial and recreational fishing deliver on the objective of sustaining the industries provide significant economic industries and mineral function and diversity of fish habitats to value to the region directly through accommodate climate change: resources employment and indirectly through fish processing and marketing, support • preserving intact natural habitat (seen The region’s quarry and extractive services such as boat supplies and as the least expensive and most products of sand, gravel and quarried services and bait and tackle suppliers. effective response) rock are of considerable importance Fisheries activities in the region include to regional industries, particularly the commercial trawling, netting, reef line • understanding the inter-annual climate construction industry (see map 7). fishing, crabbing, aquarium fish collection variability and its implications and recreation harvest and sport fishing. • developing adaptation programs for The availability of extraction sites on the Fishing is also a vital part of the culture landward and poleward habitat shifts coast is becoming more restricted due to and a significant source of food for • establishing buffers between fish environmental constraints and expansion Indigenous people in the region. habitats and coastal development of urban areas. Consequently, extraction industry operations on the Tablelands are The region has high accessibility for • adaptive management through review becoming increasingly important. fishing, which places pressure on and refinement of practices. available fish stocks. Increased conflict Given the potential scale of climate State Planning Policy 2/07: Protection of between commercial, recreational and change and the likely shifts in species’ Extractive Resources (DME, 2007a and tourist fishing is likely to arise as the climatic distributions, substantial b) identifies the location of extractive region’s population increases, particularly increases in connectivity across tidal resources of state or regional significance in the Cairns and Port Douglas areas. profiles and latitudes may be required as key resource areas. These areas Opportunities for sustainable aquaculture through large scale buffer corridors and indicate where extractive industry to supplement the region’s native fisheries patches of fish habitat. The essential development is appropriate, and aims to should be encouraged and development feature is adequacy of inter-connected protect those resources from development assessment processes streamlined to fish habitats for large-scale ecological that might prevent or severely constrain better reflect the level of environmental processes to continue. This will be current or future extraction when the risk. achieved through coordination of habitat need for the resources arise. The location management across land tenures and of key resource areas has been a Accelerated climate change has emerged uses (e.g. Declared Fish Habitat Areas and consideration in setting the boundaries of as a key threatening process with adjacent vegetation) and across scales the urban footprint areas. implications for existing tidal fish (e.g. connecting remnants at one scale or habitats. Climate change is already biographic regions at another scale) (refer Minerals exploration and mining activity impacting on natural systems and is section 1.1). is focussed in the North East Mineral likely to impact further on ecosystems Province, which extends from Charters worldwide. Tidal fish habitats that support The Department of Primary Industries Towers to north of Atherton Tablelands fish stocks on which Queensland’s and Fisheries has developed a range and west to the Georgetown–Croydon fisheries rely are amongst the most of policies and strategies to guide area. Exploration for base metals, tin, susceptible to climate change. sustainable management of the region’s molybdenum, gold and tungsten is forestry and fishery resources. Examples rapidly expanding into areas with younger At the interface between land and sea, include: cover rocks, as the potential of these tidal fish habitats, already stressed as areas to host significant mineralisation is a result of human-induced or other • Queensland plantation strategy (in identified through advances in exploration disturbance, are particularly vulnerable preparation) technology and geological understanding. to climate change impacts. Additional pressures of climate change are likely to • policies, codes and guidelines on the The region also has identified geothermal further alter the distribution and function management of fish habitats energy potential that may encourage of these key habitats. Fish and marine • sustainable land-based aquaculture expanded exploration activity in the plants in relatively pristine fish habitats policy. future. may also be particularly vulnerable if barriers to landward or poleward migration are present. Part E–Regional policies 55

Objective Within key resource areas there may be state or regional biodiversity or good Extractive industries and mineral quality agricultural land values. While resources, and associated transport utilisation of the extractive resources routes and buffers are: in the mapped key resource areas take precedence, any adverse impacts on • identified those other values should be avoided • protected for potential future extraction or mitigated to the greatest practicable extent. • managed to minimise the impacts on environmental values. The region includes historic tin and gold mining areas, many of which Land use policies are now within the Wet Tropics World Heritage area, where applications for 2.5.1 Key resource areas and associated new exploration and mining tenures transport infrastructure are are not accepted. Mining operations protected in accordance with State and leases are dealt with under the Planning Policy 2/07. Minerals Resources Act 1989—outside IPA process—and administered by the 2.5.2 Extractive industries avoid loss Department of Mines and Energy. Key or degradation of environmental mineral resource areas will continue to values. Where loss cannot be be identified and should be protected avoided, impacts are minimised from inappropriate development by local and mitigated. government planning schemes.

2.5.3 Where extractive resources are Mineral deposits are known to exist in removed from agricultural areas, the region and some are commercially the impacts of extractive activities viable at present. Current mining activity on primary industries should is likely to result in growth in mining be minimised and locations operations in the west of and to the rehabilitated where appropriate for north of the region (DME, 2007c). agricultural use. Mareeba is well placed to act as an important service centre for the mining 2.5.4 Construction of temporary industry. The provision of freight and port accommodation camps to support infrastructure to support future mining mining activity authorised under activities within or adjacent to the region the Mineral Resources Act 1989 needs to be considered in infrastructure may be permitted in a regional planning (see policy 8.3.1). landscape and rural production area. Much of the current mining activity in the North East Mineral Province is serviced by mining company employees who are Explanatory notes not resident to the region, but fly-in and fly out on a rostered basis. Temporary Extractive industries can generate accommodation for employees may be substantial noise, dust and traffic located on-site within the mining lease, movement. Conflicts can be created or within or in close proximity to existing if urban development is located in towns. The Kagarra Zinc mining camp close proximity to extractive industry located on the outskirts of Chillagoe sites. The location of key resource will house several hundred employees areas and associated buffer zones and when fully operational. The FNQ transport routes has been considered Regulatory Provisions do not preclude the in determining areas for future growth, development of such temporary miner’s so that such conflicts are avoided in accommodation camps in the regional the future (see policy 1.3.2). New urban landscape and rural production area. development should not be permitted within identified separation areas of key resource areas, in accordance with State Planning Policy 2/07. 56 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Objective 2.6.3 Boundary realignments should 2.6 Rural subdivision allow for enough space within the • The region’s rural production areas newly created lots to accommodate The land tenure pattern of farm lands in and natural resources are protected by buffers from adjoining land uses Far North Queensland differs across the limiting land fragmentation. to mitigate adverse impacts region. The land is heavily fragmented and should not prevent existing on the coast and Tablelands, with many industries from expanding or new farmers holding multiple small lots less Land use policies agricultural enterprises from being than 40 hectares in size. Further west, 2.6.1 Further fragmentation of established. large leasehold lots predominate. This agricultural land in the regional pattern of development has a historical landscape and rural production 2.6.4 Boundary realignments should not context, being the result of a combination area is avoided to maintain be permitted to create new small of factors, including land tenure, early economically viable farm lot sizes. lots for rural residential or rural soldier settlement schemes, planning lifestyle purposes (see section 4.6). scheme provisions, family lot excisions, 2.6.2 Boundary realignments are and quality of the soils. only permitted in the regional landscape and rural production Far North Queensland has experienced area where it can be demonstrated rapid growth since the early 1990s. This that a realignment of the property has spurred on urban development on boundaries would the fringes of existing towns and the establishment of many rural residential a) improve agricultural efficiency subdivisions throughout the rural landscape. b) facilitate agricultural activity or conservation outcomes or The regional plan introduces controls c) resolve boundary issues where on subdivision of rural zoned land (i) a house or structure is built in the regional landscape and rural over the boundary line of two production area. These controls serve two lots purposes—to maintain larger lots sizes to ensure the economic viability of rural (ii) a lot has been intersected by land holdings and to protect important the compulsory installation of agricultural lands and areas of ecological infrastructure such as a road significance from encroachment by urban or electricity line. and rural residential development. Part E–Regional policies 57

Explanatory notes The FNQ Regulatory Provisions establish • facilitate agricultural diversification (i.e. a minimum lot size of 60 hectares for allowing smaller lots for high value Past settlement patterns and subdivision subdivision in the regional landscape and crops) approvals have resulted in a highly rural production area to prevent further • resolve land tenure issues (such as a fragmented rural landscape, with up to 82 fragmentation of rural zoned lands. The house built across a boundary) or per cent of lots across the region being minimum lot size in the rural areas is less than 40 hectares in size. In some aimed at maintaining lot sizes that are • facilitate conservation outcomes (i.e. locations, such as in the former Johnstone more likely to maintain agricultural, to separate a nature refuge from the Shire, this figure is as high as 92 per cent economic viability and preventing remainder of the property). (see Part D). residential or rural residential development Where boundary realignments are outside designated urban footprint or rural permitted, resulting lot sizes need to Land fragmentation has accumulative living areas (see section 4.6). be appropriate to the surrounding rural impacts which may contribute adversely production area and should not prevent to the region’s economic potential, The minimum lot size is based on an existing industries from expanding or new environmental health and community analysis and assessment of: enterprises from being established. wellbeing. Issues include: • land tenure and size of rural lots in the Boundary realignments also need to • fragmentation causing loss of good FNQ region allow for sufficient space to accommodate quality agricultural land • minimum lot sizes in local government buffers so that adjoining land uses such • declining economic viability of small planning schemes as residential activity are not adversely cane farms affected. • number and tenure of lots impacted by • reduced viability of sugar mills a minimum lot size. Boundary realignments should not be due to loss of cane lands to urban Boundary realignments allow for used to create new rural residential or development or other uses rearrangement of existing property rural lifestyle lots. Where there is an • fragmentation of wildlife corridors and boundaries to provide the flexibility existing house (pre 9 May 2008), the areas of ecological significance to enable landholders to respond proposed lot must be of a sufficient • land use conflicts between agricultural to changing circumstances. Local size to contain adequate buffers from practices and urban living government should only approve agricultural uses. boundary realignments where it can • restrictions on access to and use of be demonstrated that the realignment Individual new lots created should not non-renewable resources of boundaries does not result in an be split across road reserves or other • infrastructure and servicing costs. additional lot and is needed to: tenures.

• improve agricultural efficiency (i.e. leads to a more efficient layout or more practical rural operation, such as separating productive from non- productive lands or shifting boundaries to include all irrigated lands on the one title) 58 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Objective Rural precincts may be designated for a 2.7 Rural precincts number of purposes, including but not • Rural precincts achieve regionally limited to: The regional plan protects regional significant economic, environmental and landscape and rural production values social gains. • primary industry from the encroachment of urban activities • intensive animal production through the designation of regional landscape and rural production areas. Land use policies • rural industry In these areas urban development and 2.7.1 Rural precincts encourage and • community facilities fragmentation is controlled. However support appropriate regional • tourism and ecotourism the region has not yet reached its full landscape, rural economic and economic potential and opportunities social development opportunities. • Indigenous land use to grow and prosper—particularly in the • extractive resources diversification of the primary industries 2.7.2 Development within a rural • forestry sector—should not be unduly restricted. precinct should complement and enhance the regional landscape • water supply New opportunities to maximise the values. economic potential, provision of service • nature conservation facilities, and long-term sustainability • outdoor recreation and open space. of rural areas are likely to emerge in Before designating a rural precinct, the future. Initiatives that may lead to Explanatory notes the Minister must be satisfied that an improving prosperity within the region Rural precincts will enable the regional exemption from the FNQ Regulatory and which are not likely to adversely planning Minister to exempt development Provisions was necessary in a particular impact on regional landscape and from the FNQ Regulatory Provisions to instance to implement the regional plan’s rural production values should have a facilitate innovative economic or social desired regional outcomes. Proponents framework in place which enables their development opportunities to effectively of the rural precinct would need to consideration. The declaration of a rural maintain regional landscape and rural demonstrate the need for and regional precinct is a mechanism that can be used production values. benefits of the exemption. to facilitate such initiatives where they would otherwise not be permitted under A rural precinct covers land endorsed by A rural precinct would usually cover a the regulatory provisions. the regional planning Minister in a gazette geographic area at a local or district notice as a rural precinct for a specific level and is not intended to be used to use or a range of uses. The process initiate a review of the urban footprint of designation is described in the FNQ or rural living area boundaries. The use Regional Rural Precinct Planning Guideline. of this provision is expected to be rare and limited to exceptional circumstances which the Minister is of the opinion may provide some significant benefit to the region which the regulatory provisions would otherwise exclude. The declaration of a rural precinct does not grant a development approval and will not preclude consideration of a proposal in terms of relevant local planning scheme provisions. Part E–Regional policies 59

3. Strong communities

Desired regional outcome The region’s communities are vibrant, safe and healthy and resilient to climate change, and diversity is welcomed and embraced.

The FNQ region has been identified The government’s vision for Aboriginal as having one of the fastest growing and Torres Strait Islander Queenslanders populations in Queensland (DIP, 2008c), is to have their cultures affirmed, their which creates continuous change and heritage sustained and to have the same challenges for communities. Rapid urban prospects for health, prosperity and growth may bring prosperity to the quality of life as other Queenslanders region, but can cause disadvantage to (ATSIP, 2005). some sections of the community if the growth is not well planned. Indigenous people are an integral part of, and make a major contribution to Building strong communities in FNQ will the FNQ regional community, sharing be assisted by improving the quality and and contributing to the region’s culture, safety of the built environment through economic and social development. The sensitive urban design, strengthening regional plan provides opportunities for regional activity centres, ensuring housing Indigenous Queenslanders to be involved meets demand, and adequately planning in planning processes and have input for community services and facilities. into decision making and management processes. 60 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

3.1 Social planning Objective Explanatory notes • The social needs of the community are Demographic trends for the region Social planning is an essential component appropriately considered in planning and suggest the proportion of older people in of all land use planning and should be development processes to maintain and the population will increase considerably integrated into rural precinct planning, enhance quality of life. over the next 20 years and more people, structure planning, master planning and both young and old, will live alone. This infrastructure planning processes. It has implications for the way cities and can help identify necessary community Land use policies towns are planned, and how housing and facilities and services, and help designate 3.1.1 Land use planning and services are provided. land for community uses in planning development decision-making Older people will need housing within schemes (see also sections 4.2 and 4.5). processes incorporate social walking distance of shops and public planning considerations. Social planning can also be used to transport. As the population ages identify community and social issues and 3.1.2 Socio-demographic information and people live longer, residents will impacts in the planning and development is used to identify the effects of increasingly need options to stay in the process, and mitigate potential growth and change on regional community. Consideration of accessibility adverse social impacts of growth and communities and to inform social to services and infrastructure is also vital development in the region, including infrastructure planning. for other vulnerable persons with complex climate change and oil vulnerability. service needs such as people with a 3.1.3 Planning and development of new disability, people with short or long term Consideration of socio-demographic residential areas provides equitable illnesses. The Department of Communities trends and population shifts such as access to services and avoids Strategic Plan 2008-12 aims for better sea change, tree change and the grey creating areas of disadvantage. collaboration between government sectors nomad tourist movement helps to when planning for and addressing issues inform planning for future growth and 3.1.4 Greenfield communities and relating to vulnerable and disadvantaged infrastructure provision. For example, redevelopment areas are individuals, families and communities consideration of the grey nomad integrated with existing or adjacent living in Queensland. movement has, in some cases, led to the communities to encourage social retention of existing caravan parks as a cohesion. Climate change and oil vulnerability means of providing tourist and affordable will also affect the way people live. accommodation. An ageing population 3.1.5 Appropriate levels of infrastructure Housing should be designed to cope has implications for a range of planning and services are provided to rural with increased temperatures, potential and design matters, such as residential towns and villages, consistent with flooding and more intense cyclonic design and provision of transport, and the preferred settlement pattern events. Increases in petrol prices will community and health services. and network of regional activity place higher demands on public transport centres for FNQ (see Part D and services. The Queensland Government’s section 4.2). ClimateSmart Living campaign aims to help people understand how they can 3.1.6 Planning and development urban minimise and adjust to the impacts of design principles are adopted to climate change. ensure communities are resilient to the impacts of climate change and Resource developments, such as mining, adapt in ways that minimise the can bring benefits to communities region’s contribution to the causes through the creation of new employment of climate change (see section 4.7). opportunities and stronger economies. The government, in partnership with industry and local government is Aligned strategies strengthening social assessment within existing environmental impact processes. 3.1.A Social impact assessments are The Sustainable Resource Communities undertaken when new and Policy–Social Impact Assessment in the expanding mining developments Mining and Petroleum Industries (DTRDI, are proposed. 2008a) recommends a range of measures to improve social impact assessment of mining proposals, including stronger linkages between social impact assessment and regional planning. Part E–Regional policies 61

3.2 Social infrastructure

Social infrastructure refers to the community facilities, services and networks which help individuals, families, groups and communities meet their social needs, maximise their potential for development, and enhance community wellbeing. They include:

• facilities and services such as education, training, health, open space, recreation and sport, safety and emergency services, religious, arts and cultural facilities and community meeting places Objective Aligned strategies • lifecycle-targeted facilities and services, such as those for children, young • The current and future needs of 3.2.A Planning and delivery of social people and older people the community are met through infrastructure is improved by coordinated and sequential provision of developing and linking with • targeted facilities and services for appropriate social infrastructure. existing collaborative working groups with special needs, such as relationships. families, people with a disability, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Land use policies 3.2.B Hubs of co-located multipurpose peoples and people of culturally and community facilities and services 3.2.1 The coordination of community linguistically diverse backgrounds. are provided, which can respond to services and facilities is considered changing and emerging community Additional community services and and incorporated in land use needs. facilities will be required to meet planning. the needs of an increasing regional 3.2.C Community inclusion is promoted population, and respond to changing 3.2.2 Accessible social infrastructure by providing an equitable, community needs over time (see also that is resilient to the impacts affordable and appropriate public sections 6.1 and 8.1). of climate change is provided transport system in the principal that is well located in relation regional activity centre. to transport, residential areas and employment, in accordance 3.2.D New and expanding mining with the regional activity centres developments prepare and/or network (see section 4.2). review local area plans outlining implications and impacts on community infrastructure and services. 62 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Explanatory notes The provision of human services and associated infrastructure should 3.3 Healthy and safe While social planning considerations acknowledge and account for the communities should form an integral part of all land movement of people within FNQ—for use planning, the delivery of social example between Cairns and rural centres Maintaining healthy communities is a key services is outside the scope of IPA. and between FNQ and adjacent regional theme of the Queensland Government’s Collaborative partnerships are required areas such as Cape York, Torres Strait and Q2 vision for Queensland (Department between land use planners and service the Gulf region. of Premier and Cabinet, 2008). There are providers to ensure the desired regional key links between urban planning practice outcome is achieved. Communities that benefit from resource and health determinants in a community. developments through creation of new Research shows evidence of key links Social infrastructure should be provided employment opportunities and stronger between the health of a community and a in appropriate locations, consistent with economies may also experience an range of factors including: the network of regional activity centres increase in social infrastructure pressures (see policy 4.2) and should be accessible such as access to housing and community • social disadvantage to all residents of FNQ, including those services. in urban fringe areas, rural communities, • population characteristics and more remote Aboriginal communities. Several strategies and programs that • social cohesion and sense of Social infrastructure should be provided can inform social planning and social community in sequence with new residential infrastructure provision are: development, particularly in greenfield • access to social infrastructure areas located in outlying and fringe • Social Infrastructure Planning, • safety and perceptions of safety localities with high service and transport Implementation Guideline No.5 • housing affordability and housing needs. (Department of Infrastructure, 2007a) density • Land Use and Public Transport Where possible, opportunities to co-locate • accessibility and transport Accessibility Index (Queensland services, such as health practices or Transport, 2005b) • physical activity and availability of cultural and arts facilities, should be public space and open space explored to enhance community access • Edmonton Sport and Recreation Facility and use. The development of multi- Needs Study (Final Report) (Cairns • civic participation purpose community spaces and facilities Regional Council, 2008a) • climate change and energy which can respond to changing and • Gordonvale Sporting Precinct (Cairns consumption emerging community needs over time is Regional Council, 2008b) • water demand management also encouraged. • Open Space for Recreation and Sport, (Queensland Health, 2005). Planning Principles, A Guide for Local Urban planning and design play a Government (Department of Tourism, crucial role in the development of Sport and Racing, 1998) safe and healthy communities. Urban • Department of Communities Strategic design strategies are highly relevant in Plan 2008-12 (Department of building safe communities and involve Communities, 2008). consideration of:

• good access and connections to places • variety of place • access to urban open space and natural areas • adaptability and versatility • pedestrian focused approaches • sight lines and surveillance • appropriate lighting • space and place making. Part E–Regional policies 63

Objective

• Communities are well designed, safe and healthy local environments that encourage active community participation and healthy lifestyles and prevent crime.

Land use policies

3.3.1 Crime prevention through environmental design principles are considered in the design and layout of greenfield communities and redevelopment areas.

3.3.2 State and local government and developers consider community health and safety issues in the planning and development of new Explanatory notes Principles of crime prevention through urban areas and redevelopment environmental design (CPTED) sites including from the impacts of The regional plan is based on the (Queensland Police Service, 2007) should climate change. premise that all people have a right to be used to design new places and spaces access and use of public space. The which enhance community safety. Other 3.3.3 Developments are designed, provision of public and community relevant guidelines include: located and operated to mitigate space is essential to support community the health impacts of biting activity and wellbeing, particularly in • Strong Communities Handbook insects. newly developing and redeveloping (Department of Communities et al, areas. Provision of a range of places 2006). for community activity is important in The health impact of biting insects to fostering physical and mental health and Aligned strategies residents and tourists in localised areas wellbeing. can be significant. Good urban planning 3.3.A Community health and safety in and design can play an important role urban and rural environments is Open space, sport and recreation spaces in minimising the potential risks to the improved by providing appropriate and facilities, and walking and cycling community (see section 4.7). Strategies to social infrastructure, places for paths are crucial in contributing to the mitigate the health impacts are provided community activity, and involving physical and mental health and wellbeing in Queensland Health’s Guidelines to local communities in planning of a community, particularly in greenfield minimise mosquito and biting midge processes. development. New development should problems in new development areas be planned and designed for accessibility, (Queensland Health, 2002). 3.3.B Best practice urban design particularly for people with a disability is utilised to create built and for our ageing population. environments that enhance community health and safety (see section 4.5). 64 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

3.4 Community Objective Explanatory notes engagement and • Engage the community and build Community capacity is particularly community capacity through the important in newly developed areas and capacity building planning and development of future areas undergoing significant change and communities. redevelopment. Capacity building events Regional planning is not just about land and activities can develop social capital and help to create a strong sense of use planning. It is about building new Land use policies communities, and integrating them with identity and belonging in a community. existing communities. The development 3.4.1 Community engagement is A framework for effective engagement of new communities involves not only the recognised as an essential part of with Traditional Owners should consider built environment, but also how people planning processes, enabling local regional, subregional and local levels live and work together, the relationships communities to identify, articulate of planning. Traditional Owners are that are formed in that community, how and enhance their sense of place building capacity to engage in these the community develops over time, and and wellbeing. its capacity to deal with and respond to planning processes through a culturally change. 3.4.2 Community engagement and appropriate engagement framework. community capacity building They have expressed a desire for Community engagement relates to the programs are implemented proper acknowledgment, respect and decision making processes involving when planning for greenfield commitment to progress their interests government and community interactions, developments and redevelopment and responsibilities through planning ranging from information sharing to projects. processes. community consultation, and in some instances, active participation in When engaging Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities, it should be government decision making processes. Aligned strategies This requires a good understanding of the recognised that both Traditional Owners special needs and interests of different 3.4.A Traditional Owners are recognised and historical and contemporary residents sector groups within the community. as stakeholders in land use are important stakeholders with differing planning processes and their needs and aspirations. The Strong Strong community engagement practice relationship with the land, sea and Communities Handbook (Department enables strong community support and natural resources is respected. of Communities et al, 2006) provides ownership of the outcomes. Community guidance in community capacity building. capacity is the set of skills, relationships 3.4.B The special interests of Indigenous and networks that collectively exist in a people are taken into account in community. These provide social support, the management and development especially when people need assistance. of the region. The more capacity a community possesses, the more likely it is to be able to take part in and influence decisions and processes for change. Part E–Regional policies 65

3.5.5 Indigenous people’s strong 3.5 Sense of connection to land and sea is community, place and recognised and respected when planning for development of identity regional activity centres, rural towns, greenfield developments A sense of place and local identity can and infill areas. be found in the distinctive features of an area’s physical landscape, built environment, population characteristics, Explanatory notes economy, arts and cultural heritage. It can also be based upon the relationships, FNQ has a unique tropical character which networks and connections between can define an individual’s sense of place the people who live and work in a (see section 4.5). Developing a sense of community. This sense of place and local place is particularly important in greenfield identity is important in the building of development. Community engagement new communities, and sustaining existing can inform planning for new development communities (see section 2.1). by identifying key local characteristics that define a place and the elements of a place that are important to local people. Objective Community engagement can also result in greater community ownership of planning • Manage urban and rural growth and and design outcomes. development to create, maintain and enhance a sense of community, place The provision of open spaces, public and local identity throughout the spaces and places, used for a range of region. community activities, are an essential component of any greenfield, infill or redevelopment process. The Queensland Land use policies Government has set a target to protect 50 per cent more land not only for nature 3.5.1 Adequate provision is made conservation but also for public recreation: for public spaces and places this is an integral part of the unique for community activities when Queensland lifestyle (Department of planning and designing greenfield Premier and Cabinet, 2008). Retaining the developments and infill areas (see character and sense of place of existing policy 3.6.2). rural communities in FNQ is also vital. 3.5.2 Protect and enhance existing Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders local and regional open spaces have strong family and cultural ties that when designing and redeveloping are closely connected to the land and greenfield, infill and new areas. sea. Maintaining the connection with their land is important for social and 3.5.3 Plan for new open spaces when cultural well being. Respecting these designing and redeveloping strong connections to the land and sea greenfield, infill and new areas is important for the on-going survival of both locally and regionally. their culture. 3.5.4 Local character and identity is reinforced through planning and development of regional activity centres, rural towns, greenfield developments and infill areas. 66 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

3.6 Arts and cultural 3.7 Cultural heritage Objective development • Identify, protect and manage the Cultural heritage places and landscapes region’s unique cultural heritage, are places (either natural or built) which including historic places and FNQ has a diverse range of cultures, are important to the community because landscapes of significance to the involving the unique customs, beliefs, of their cultural heritage significance. The community. values, knowledge, heritage, traditions regional plan recognises the significance and way of life of this area. New of different cultures and the importance residents will bring new ideas, innovation of conserving Indigenous and non- Land use policies and fresh energy to the region, ensuring Indigenous, natural and cultural heritage. its vigorous multicultural and international 3.7.1 Queensland heritage places and local heritage places are identified focus will continue to develop and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander in local government planning prosper. cultural heritage places and landscapes schemes. are especially important in FNQ. Cultural spaces, centres, and facilities Indigenous cultural heritage may include play an important role in providing a 3.7.2 Development in or adjacent to significant areas, objects or places with Queensland heritage places and place for community events, functions, evidence of archaeological or historic meetings, and festivals, used by a range local heritage places does not significance of Aboriginal or Torres Strait compromise the cultural heritage of different cultural groups. Maintaining Islander occupation. and establishing regionally significant significance of those places. infrastructure for cultural events, Intangible aspects such as language, 3.7.3 Indigenous cultural heritage in the entertainment, sport, and conventions will song, stories and art are part of the foster creative art, recreation and leisure form of landscapes, places and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander objects is protected, managed industries that will stimulate wealth and peoples’ strong sense of heritage as job creation (see section 3.5). and conserved through local well as physical places and objects. government planning instruments Protecting knowledge and information associated with cultural heritage places is Objective as important as the physical protection of a place. Aligned strategies • Support cultural development and the arts through the planning and provision 3.7.A Where the knowledge is available, of cultural infrastructure and spaces. and it is culturally appropriate, places of significance are added to the Aboriginal cultural heritage Land use policies register.

3.6.1 Provision of public spaces for 3.7.B Local governments are encouraged cultural activities, events and to identify local heritage places festivals, including cultural of cultural heritage significance precincts where appropriate, through a heritage survey utilising is considered when planning key historical themes for Far North communities, particularly in Queensland. greenfield development.

3.6.2 New developments incorporate arts and cultural infrastructure and facilities at a scale that is consistent with the scale of the development. Part E–Regional policies 67

Explanatory notes

The protection, conservation and management of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural heritage is undertaken through the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Act 2003 and Torres Strait Islander Cultural Heritage Act 2003. These laws establish a duty of care for all land users regardless of tenure which extends to all levels of government as well as developers. It requires that all reasonable and practicable measures are taken to ensure activities do not harm cultural heritage. For some activities a cultural heritage management plan is required, such as those developments requiring an environmental impact study. The legislation establishes a cultural heritage register that records significant sites along with guidelines that set out reasonable and practical measures to avoid harming cultural heritage. This The Act also requires a local government The EPA is currently undertaking a helps Queenslanders to meet their duty (unless it has been exempted) to keep statewide survey of Queensland’s of care. a local heritage register of places of heritage places. Key historical themes cultural heritage significance in its that are relevant to the different regions Non-Indigenous cultural heritage includes local government area. The Queensland of Queensland have been identified in artefacts, places and buildings that are Heritage Regulation 2003 includes a local the Queensland Cultural Heritage Places commonly of European origin. Historic heritage place code—an IDAS code for Context Study—Report to the EPA (Blake, cultural heritage also covers shipwrecks development on a local heritage place. 1996). These themes should be utilised and artefacts from pre-colonial occupation, The Queensland Heritage Regulation by a local government when undertaking such as visits by Indonesian fishermen to 2003 also includes a list of local a local heritage survey of its area. Northern Australia prior to 1788. governments for which the local heritage provisions do not apply, as their planning The major piece of historic cultural schemes are determined as having heritage legislation is the Queensland satisfactorily identified and provided for Heritage Act 1992. The Act makes the conservation of heritage places in its provision for the conservation of local government area. Queensland’s cultural heritage by protecting all places and areas entered in the Queensland Heritage Register. The register now comprises state heritage places, archaeological places and protected areas. Development of a place registered under the Act is assessable development. 68 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

3.8 Strengthening Indigenous communities

It is critical that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Queenslanders share the benefits of the Smart State to the same degree as other citizens. While Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples make up around one eleventh of the population in FNQ, collectively they are the most disadvantaged. They generally live about 20 years less than other Queenslanders and their babies die at a higher rate than the rest of the population. The Queensland Government is looking at different ways of working with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples to Historical themes for FNQ (non-Indigenous) ensure they have the same rights and opportunities as other Queenslanders, and enjoy comparable standards of living. Peopling places • The role of Chinese in mining industry and commerce The Queensland Government is committed • The role of Chinese, Japanese, Italians and South Sea Islanders in to ensuring there are no systemic barriers development of agriculture preventing any group of Queenslanders from having an equal share in the State’s • The presence of Afghans on the mining fields and the use of camels to prosperity. Where barriers do exist, the transport government and communities share • ore prior to railways responsibility for breaking them down or Exploiting, utilising and transforming the land finding ways to overcome them. • Mining, in particular development of tin mining in Herberton district and Within the FNQ region there are two copper around Chillagoe Aboriginal council areas—Yarrabah to • Primary industry (cane growing) focussed on Tully, Innisfail, Babinda, Cairns the east of Cairns and Wujal Wujal on and Mossman the northern boundary of the region. Aboriginal councils take responsibility • Primary industry (horticulture and grazing), particularly in the Innisfail district for a broad range of activities within and on the Atherton Tablelands communities, not just municipal functions. • Primary industry (forestry) on the Atherton Tablelands They build, operate and maintain a range • Development of hydroelectricity schemes on the Barron and Tully rivers of infrastructure, as well as providing housing and social services that are Developing secondary beyond the scope of mainstream local industries government. Whilst these councils also • Tourism industry centred on the Great Barrier Reef and the Tablelands with aim to provide services such as road Cairns as the focal point building and maintenance, rubbish Moving goods, people and information removal and many of the services that mainstream councils provide, they are • Development of transport routes to the Atherton Tablelands—both road disadvantaged by not having the same and rail major income stream from levying rates. Maintaining order Consequently most of the Aboriginal • The use of the far north in World War II councils’ income is reliant on grants from both federal and state government. Part E–Regional policies 69

Objectives The Partnerships Queensland: Implementation Progress Report 2006 Indigenous Land Use • Regional planning processes recognise (Department of Communities et al, 2007) Agreements and facilitate the need to increase confirms the government’s continued Indigenous economic and housing commitment to improved governance for opportunities. Aboriginal and Torres Strait communities. An Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA) is an agreement between a • Indigenous local government areas Partnerships Queensland is the native title group and others about meet best practice land use planning Queensland Government’s primary policy the use and management of land and local administration frameworks, initiative for Indigenous Queenslanders and waters. ILUAs can be made which provide equitable access to and provides advice and support to local separately from the formal native infrastructure and services for all government in establishing successful title process but they may also be community members. partnership arrangements. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples’ involvement part of a native title determination. • Regional planning processes recognise seeks to empower their community and facilitate implementation of to identify its own issues, strategic Some practical outcomes Indigenous Indigenous Land Use Agreements. directions and solutions. groups have gained include the establishment of cultural centres or education trust funds, Land use policies The Community Governance Improvement Strategy is a major initiative under the co-management of national parks, 3.8.1 IPA planning schemes are prepared government’s Meeting Challenges, Making commitments to Indigenous for Wujal Wujal and Yarrabah local Choices strategy to build capacity and employment and the creation of government areas. strengthen the standard of corporate parks and reserves. governance in Aboriginal shires. It is 3.8.2 The special requirements of a comprehensive package of activities ILUAs in the FNQ region provide for Indigenous people wishing to live aimed at improving the standard of local Aboriginal land ownership and living on land held in trust is considered government in Aboriginal and Islander areas, conservation areas, extended as part of the development of local communities. national parks, public access to land use planning frameworks. designated tourist sites, some Capacity building of councils is one grazing areas and restrictions on component of a whole-of-community the hunting of rare and threatened Explanatory notes need. A strong, autonomous and capable species. local government network is fundamental In 2004, wide ranging legislative in addressing disadvantage in a broad reform was initiated by the Queensland range of cultural, economic, social and Government to transition Aboriginal physical indicators in Queensland’s community councils to full shire council Aboriginal and Torres Strait Island status by 2008. January 2007 saw the communities. final transition of Aboriginal councils to full shire council status and the councils State and local governments responsible are working towards developing planning for planning and land management must schemes that are compliant with IPA. In gain an enhanced appreciation of the the meantime the assessment manager valuable contribution that Aboriginal for development in these areas is and Torres Strait Islander peoples can determined under Schedules 8 and 8A provide. For land use planning processes of IPA and Schedule 2 of the Integrated to adequately address the needs of the Planning Regulation 1998. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community they must include appropriate involvement mechanisms that recognise the diversity within this community. 70 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Under the Cape York welfare reform communities pose a significant challenge trials the Commonwealth and to achieving this goal. Often the land Queensland Governments have agreed where Indigenous people live is held in a to work together to improve the level trust arrangement which does not allow of co-ordination and co-operation in normal freehold title for each house. the delivery of services in Indigenous Alternate mechanisms are required to communities. This framework aims facilitate the desired housing outcomes. to place a priority on increased law enforcement, enhanced financial To assist these initiatives the regional incentives, improved health outcomes, plan designates an urban footprint child safety, youth and family support, around several Indigenous communities, diversionary activities, improved such as Mossman Gorge and Jumbun education opportunities and better (south west of Tully). This will allow for housing. Initiatives within the housing further subdivision of large lots, thus stream of the Welfare Reform Action Plan facilitating the creation of individual titles aim to assist individuals and families for existing and proposed housing in the to purchase their own home. Other future. projects in this stream are implementing mainstream tenancy agreements and Areas needing further investigation have encouraging families to take pride and also been identified. These are where responsibility for the condition of their some form of residential development homes and backyards. is intended on lands held in trust by Indigenous communities, often as a result One method for improving levels of an Indigenous Land Use Agreement of Indigenous home ownership has (ILUA), but the detailed community eventuated through amendments to the development planning has not yet been Indigenous Land Acts. The amendments in undertaken. In these situations the the Aboriginal Land Act 1991 aim to: land remains in the regional landscape and rural production area land use • enable home ownership and provide category until such time as adequate leases for housing investigations into the land’s capability and suitability, and infrastructure • provide greater certainty of tenure requirements have been undertaken. A in townships and to assist the change to a more appropriate regional transfer process for Deed of Grant In land use category may be required to Trust (DOGIT) land areas outside of facilitate implementation of the ILUA once townships agreement has been reached between all • encourage economic development in parties to the ILUA. Indigenous communities • facilitate the construction of public infrastructure. One of the Queensland Government’s current priorities is strengthening Indigenous communities, this is happening through a number of initiatives focussing on normalising housing arrangements to improve prosperity and quality of life. However, the differing land tenure arrangements on many Indigenous Part E–Regional policies 71

Indigenous Land Use Investigation Areas

The Queensland Government and The agreements identify a “pink zone” An investigation area has been the Eastern Kuku Yalanji People have as part of a Cooperative Management allocated over the pink zone of the signed a series of Indigenous Land Agreement between the Eastern Kuku Yalanji Indigenous Land Use Use Agreements to resolve native title Kuku Yalanji people, Wet Tropics Agreement. It is not envisaged that the issues over lands between Mossman Management Authority and the State whole investigation area is suitable or and Cooktown in Far North Queensland, of Queensland. The pink zone is will be developed. Further investigation within the traditional country of the Aboriginal freehold (freehold tenure of the area identified will be required Eastern Kuku Yalanji people. The under the Aboriginal Land Act 1991, as the community development agreements recognise the native title held in trust). planning process identifies land use rights of the Eastern Kuku Yalanji constraints, infrastructure requirements people. They provide for Aboriginal Lands subject to the pink zoning and the precise areas to be developed land ownership and living areas, have been agreed to after extensive over time. conservation areas, extended national negotiation between all parties. The parks, public access to designated areas were identified after significant In the south of the region near tourist sites, some grazing areas and research into the environmental and Cardwell a small amount of land that restrictions on the hunting of rare and accessibility values of the various areas. is part of the Girramay ILUA has also threatened species. been identified as an investigation Most of the pink zone is located in area. The Traditional Owners, state The region is of international the Wet Tropics World Heritage area agencies and Cassowary Coast Regional significance as a large part incorporates (WTWHA), and all of the pink zone Council will need to work together to the Wet Tropics World Heritage area in the WTWHA will be subject to the determine the future configuration of as well as state reserves and roads. Cooperative Management Agreement this parcel of land and any subsequent The negotiated agreements provide with WTMA. This balances the requirements for planning scheme a platform for land tenure and aspirations of the Yalanji to reside amendments or changes to the regional management frameworks that will on their traditional lands with the plan land use categories (see map 8). protect the outstanding environmental World Heritage values of the area; the values of the Wet Tropics. focus of the agreement is on planned community development. 72 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

4. Urban development

Desired regional outcome The region has an interlinked network of well planned, discrete, sustainable urban centres which reflect best practice urban and tropical design and offer convenient and accessible residential, employment, transport and other service opportunities.

The anticipated growth across the region The location, layout, land use mix and will vary, with Cairns as the principal operational aspects of the region’s urban urban centre growing more rapidly than areas can have a significant influence on the region as a whole. Such growth will accessibility, cost-efficiency, community place high demand on urban systems, quality of life and opportunities for infrastructure and services. economic activities. Urban growth must be well planned if the region’s desired The development of the region’s urban regional outcomes are to be achieved. centres is influenced by tourism, agriculture, mining and service industry The tropical FNQ region is particularly activity. Tourism is a prominent influence vulnerable to potential disasters. Climate on Port Douglas, Kuranda and Mission change, oil vulnerability and natural Beach. Other centres such as Atherton, hazards and their effects must be Mareeba and Innisfail rely heavily on considered in land use planning. Planning primary industries and their role as responses should address natural hazard service centres for surrounding districts. risks such as the threat of cyclones and Centres on the Tablelands are also tsunamis, bushfire, drought, storm surge, experience growth related the increase in sea level rise and flooding, which may mining activity in the North East Mineral intensify with climate change. Province. Part E–Regional policies 73

Urban sprawl can have a range of adverse 4.1 Compact urban impacts upon the community. Residents form will generally need to travel large distances for a range of activities and rely heavily upon individual car transport. Cars Current population and household size are a major contributing cause to climate projections indicate that another 50 000 change, and reliance on this mode of new dwellings will be needed across the transport makes communities vulnerable region by 2031 to address housing needs. to peak oil. The larger distances tend Continuing to provide a high proportion to result in higher infrastructure costs, of dwellings in low density developments lower infrastructure efficiency due to on the urban fringe will not match the maintenance costs, and in many cases, changing structure of households or a higher living cost. Urban sprawl can meet the needs of a growing population. also result in the loss of biodiversity, Providing a compact urban form with agricultural land, scenic amenity and mixed use and a high quality living personal health which are valued by the environment can help create more active, broader community. stronger communities. To ensure sustainable development, future One of the key challenges in managing urban growth needs to be contained population growth is avoiding urban within the urban footprint and managed sprawl. Urban sprawl is the spread of in a way that: urban suburbs into rural areas such as farmland, forests and coastal lands • uses land efficiently that lie on the outer edges of towns and cities. In other words, urban sprawl • minimises transport demands is characterised by development that • encourages the cost effective provision increases the distance between the city of infrastructure and services centre and its outer edge. Urban sprawl • mitigates and adapts to projected typically involves uniformly low density climate changes residential development on greenfield land with limited community services. • is consistent with the community’s Many rural residential developments economic, social, cultural and match this description. Low density environmental values developments on the edge of urban areas • creates towns with their own character can constrain future urban growth. and identity • promotes and supports viable activity centres that offer a range of services and maximises local employment opportunities • fosters a sense of departure and arrival to and from urban areas. This is achieved through identifying a preferred pattern of development and regional land use categories (see Part D) which provide certainty for government, the development industry and the community about areas where urban development may occur and those which are to be maintained to protect and enhance natural and rural values. 74 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Targets • 40 per cent average of new dwellings constructed in Cairns are from infill and redevelopment by 2031 • 20 per cent average of new dwellings constructed in Atherton, Mareeba and Innisfail are from infill and redevelopment by 2031 • 15-20 dwellings per hectare average net dwelling density is achieved within the Mount Peter Master Planned Area by 2031 • 15 dwellings per hectare average net dwelling density is achieved in new greenfield developments in Cairns by 2031 • 12 dwellings per hectare average net dwelling density is achieved in new greenfield developments in Atherton, Mareeba and Innisfail by 2031.

Objective 4.1.6 An increasing proportion of Explanatory notes dwellings are supplied from • Urban development is consolidated infill and redevelopment within All land in FNQ has been designated into and compact to facilitate land use and appropriate areas. either the urban footprint, rural living infrastructure efficiencies, conserve area or regional landscape and rural regional landscape and rural production 4.1.7 Buildings heights are limited within production area (refer to Part D). The land, and promote a range of other village activity centres to maintain urban footprint sets a clear boundary community benefits. the village character and scenic for urban growth. This is an important amenity. step in facilitating urban consolidation, compact form, and protection of the Land use policies 4.1.8 Activity centres are provided region’s significant regional landscape and with growth areas, notably the 4.1.1 Urban development is contained rural production values. Mount Peter Master Planned Area, within the urban footprint (maps that maximise local employment Urban development is best located 1a–1k). opportunities, availability of within or adjoining existing urban areas 4.1.2 Urban development is sequenced services, promote walkable where greater land use synergies can be to ensure logical and orderly land neighbourhoods, and the use achieved. This includes social infrastructure use and infrastructure delivery. of alternative forms of public such as educational facilities (e.g. schools, transport through transit orientated universities) and health facilities (e.g. 4.1.3 Development within the key communities hospitals, retirement villages, aged care). regional growth areas achieves the These facilities can act as community strategic planning intent of the anchors and should generally be located subregional narratives (Part D). Aligned strategies within the urban footprint to facilitate access and infrastructure efficiency. In 4.1.4 Higher dwelling densities are 4.1.A An urban land monitoring program some instances this may not be possible, achieved within appropriate areas. monitors residential land and for example, where small primary schools housing activity including dwelling are located in or near small urban centres 4.1.5 Mixed use and transit oriented density targets. within the regional landscape and rural development are focused in and production area. around regional activity centres (map 9) and public transport nodes (map 17). Part E–Regional policies 75

Appropriate sequencing of development is The dwelling density targets are forward Medium and high dwelling densities may essential for orderly and efficient land use looking and relate primarily to the four not be appropriate in all locations and and infrastructure delivery. Subregional largest urban areas, Cairns, Innisfail, may require significant infrastructure narratives, priority infrastructure plans Mareeba and Atherton. The targets investment or highly sensitive design and and planning schemes may provide are not intended as a fixed target for construction, for example where sites sequencing intent. Development individual development proposals. Rather, contain: should extend from existing developed they are intended to be achieved through areas rather than create disjointed detailed strategic planning, as part of • cultural heritage or character values developments. Development between local government planning schemes. • biodiversity or other natural values existing urban areas should extend from Achieving a greater mix of housing will the area better serviced by infrastructure, also require the commitment of land • scenic amenity values usually the larger area, or result in owners and developers and adaptation by • natural hazard risks e.g. landslide, significant community benefit. Structure the community. bushfire, flooding plans will need to provide greater • climate change risks e.g. storm surge, direction on sequencing requirements. The dwelling density targets represent sea level rise an annual average of new dwellings The intent of land use policies 4.1.2 constructed in broad-hectare, infill and • infrastructure constraints e.g. age, and 4.1.3 is also to avoid development redevelopment sites in low, medium and condition, capacity. of rural zoned land within the urban high rise buildings where appropriate. Land use policy 4.1.7 seeks to protect the footprint until planning scheme The targets are not meant to be reached values and character of village activity amendments and infrastructure planning by uniform density, such as all high rises centres. Village activity centres such as have been undertaken. Not all rural or all low rises, but by an appropriate Kuranda and Mission Beach have a strong zoned land included in the urban mix of housing types. This includes village feel and linkages with regional footprint is likely to be suitable for secondary dwellings, caretaker facilities, landscape and rural production values. urban development. Development multiple dwellings, boarding houses, aged Building heights should generally be should be contained within the existing care facilities and nursing homes. The limited to two storeys in these and other appropriately zoned land unless there intention is also not to create increasingly village activity centres. is an overriding public need, additional smaller lots with increasingly larger areas are assessed as being suitable for houses. The Queensland Development Planning scheme proposals to increase development with no adverse physical Code sets a limit on site coverage for density at specific localities must ensure or environmental constraints, and such detached houses. that an appropriate balance of regional development can facilitate further urban planning objectives can be achieved. consolidation. Rural zoned land in the Higher dwelling densities will need This includes maintaining the valued FNQ urban footprint should not be developed to be achieved in transit oriented lifestyle and character, tropical urban before an appropriate urban zoning is in communities (see section 8.1). Transit design and open space. Both on and off- place in the planning scheme. oriented communities are currently being site impacts will need to be assessed, investigated at Palm Cove, Edmonton, including potential environmental impacts. The regional plan seeks to develop Smithfield, Redlynch, Cairns CBD, For example it would not be appropriate walkable neighbourhoods with defined Earlville and Gordonvale (map 17). Other to allow higher dwelling densities at centres (refer to sections 4.2 and potential transit oriented communities, Mission Beach than those identified in 8.1). The highest densities and mixed such as Mount Peter, will be investigated the current planning schemes due to uses should be focused in the core through the Cairns Transit Network (under the serious threat that increased traffic of the centre. Lower density housing preparation) and structure plan. Planners, would have on the endangered southern may be suitable on the edges of the developers, and the community will need cassowary. Similarly, it is not intended neighbourhood with increasing density to consider the role of proposed activity that dwelling densities increase in the towards the centre. centres and changes to existing activity area north of the Daintree River. centres in the achievement of transit oriented communities in the assessment of any such proposals. Master planning of these communities will help achieve the desired outcomes expressed in tables 8 and 9. 76 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Dwelling density

Dwelling density is the number of dwellings compared to an area of land. The regional plan uses net dwelling density. Net dwelling density includes residential zoned land, local roads and parks. Gross dwelling density includes the residential zoned land, land zoned for other purposes (e.g. industrial, commercial) and regional and local roads and parks. At the other end of the scale, net dwelling density including only residential zoned land.

Gross dwelling density is lower than net dwelling density as it includes a larger area of land allocated for non-residential use. Gross dwelling density

Indicative meanings of high medium and low density and high medium and low rise building scales are provided in tables 5.1 and 5.2. These are approximations only for FNQ and are not necessarily comparable to metropolitan areas. While related, density and scale are not always on par. For example, a low rise building can achieve medium density.

The key focus of the dwelling density targets is to provide an appropriate housing mix that meets the needs of the region’s growing population while avoiding urban sprawl and environmental and economic impacts. Net dwelling density

Table 5.1: Net dwelling density Density Net dwellings density (dwellings per hectare) High density Over 50 Medium density 15–50 Low density Under 15

Table 5.2 Development scales Scale Building height High rise Over 10 storeys Medium rise Between 4 and 10 storeys Low rise Up to 3 storeys Part E–Regional policies 77

4.2 Regional activity centres

Regional activity centres support a concentration of activity including business, employment, research, education, services and higher density living. They are typically centred upon the Central Business District (CBD) of a city, and the business district or main street/s of a town, and provide a range of essential urban services and facilities such as retail, commercial, government, community, cultural, entertainment, recreation, health and educational facilities.

Regional activity centres are vital to the delivery of a sustainable settlement pattern. They are economic engines and focal points for social interaction and public life, contributing greatly to local access to a broad range of services to 4.2.4 Development within regional identity, sense of place and lifestyle. The minimise the need for car based travel to activity centres conserves or concentration and co-location of goods other centres in the region. enhances the local character and and services, facilities, jobs and housing sense of place, existing activity in highly accessible locations facilitates generators, and landscape values. multi-purpose trips and alternative modes Objectives of transport such as walking and cycling. 4.2.5 Active street fronts are maintained This is a key strategy for reducing travel • To identify a regional network of in regional activity centres in the demand in response to oil vulnerability activity centres to support the preferred form of non-residential uses on and climate change. pattern of development and promote ground level and street-fronting self-containment. layouts. Far North Queensland contains an inter- • To promote regional activity centre 4.2.6 Centre activities are encouraged connected network of regional activity vitality and viability via a proactive within regional activity centres and centres. The function and scale of plan-led approach to land use and should only occur outside of such these centres and associated levels of infrastructure allocation. service varies considerably across the centres where: region. Regional activity centres have (a) there is a demonstrated been designated in accordance with the Land use policies public need and sound economic scale and type of activity, population 4.2.1 Regional activity centres are justification and urban structure, and infrastructure, identified and operate as a and include a principal regional activity network in accordance with the (b) there are no alternative sites centre, major regional activity centres, regional hierarchy (see table 6 and in-centre district regional activity centres, village map 9). activity centres and rural activity centres (c) there would not be an adverse (see table 6 and map 9). 4.2.2 Development of regional activity impact upon the functionality of centres results in consolidation in surrounding centres, infrastructure The primary purpose of the regional the central core and surrounding delivery, traffic congestion, activity centre network is to identify the frame, is of appropriate type and and amenity of any adjoining future centre hierarchy in the preferred scale, and is accommodated by residential areas pattern of development. Centre vitality efficient use of land and buildings. and viability can be facilitated by (d) the site is readily accessible avoiding competition between lower and 4.2.3 Regional activity centres provide by a range of transport modes higher order centres, and at a finer scale, for mixed use with a high quality including public transport (where by avoiding out-of-centre development. pedestrian environment and public available), walking and cycling. This will need to be balanced by the spaces that are accessible, safe, other objectives of the regional plan active, and encourage walking and which seek to maximise local employment social interaction. opportunities (i.e. self containment) and 78 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

4.2.7 L ocal activity centres are generally The regional activity centre network is The main centre activities to which the located within 400 metres of dynamic. There may be a need to signal land use policies apply include: population catchments in highly future centre regeneration by expanding accessible locations within the the urban footprint, promotion of centres • retail, including large format retail, urban footprint. to a future higher order function, and warehouses and factory outlet centres designation of new centres. Any changes • leisure, entertainment facilities and in the regional activity centre hierarchy intensive sport or recreation uses such Aligned strategies will be identified by the regional plan as cinemas, restaurants, bars, pubs, rather than development or planning night-clubs, casinos, health and fitness 4.2.A Government investment in scheme proposals. The intended future centres, indoor bowling centres and infrastructure and service delivery role and function of regional activity major sports facilities is guided by the regional activity centres is identified in Part D subregional centre network. narratives. section 5.1 also contains • health, education, justice and descriptions of economic activity centres. emergency facilities • arts, culture and tourism theatres, Explanatory notes A regional activity centre core is intended museums, galleries and concert halls, to be developed as the physical, social, hotels and conference facilities The regional activity centre network only commercial and functional focus for a city, • regional open space such as beaches, includes regional activity centres. Local town, or village and surrounding areas esplanades, botanical gardens, parks governments may additionally designate and include a combination of buildings, and malls local activity centres in planning schemes. landscaped areas and streets which The regional activity centres are based provide for major social, cultural and • community facilities such as libraries, upon existing centre localities, except economic needs of the population. halls and churches for Edmonton which will be located on • higher density housing vacant land known as Mann’s Farm (map The regional activity centre frame is 9). New regional and local activity centres intended to provide support facilities • major trip generators such as food are expected to play a major role in and services to the activity centre core, markets. delivering the objectives of the regional and to provide a transition between Growth of regional activity centres should plan in the Mount Peter Master Planned the activity centre core and the urban to be accommodated by efficient use of Area and will need to be identified residential areas. The activity centre land and buildings in the activity centre through the structure planning process. frame accommodates higher levels of core and frame wherever possible. It is activity than the surrounding land use acknowledged that in some instances There are differences in the scale and elements but a slightly lower level of this is not always possible. The preferred function of regional activity centres activity than the activity centre core. This approach should be to locate centre both across the hierarchy and within differentiation will be reflected in the activities based on the following order: each centre type. For example, Cairns spatial arrangement, type and intensity central business district is the principal of land uses and the physical form of 1. locations within the centre where regional activity centre whereas Chillagoe development. The overall emphasis in the suitable sites or buildings for is a rural activity centre. Mossman and development of the activity centre frame conversion are, or are likely to Port Douglas are both district regional is flexibility, accessibility and integration become, available, taking account of activity centres. Mossman largely has of activity and the built form with the an appropriate scale of development in an administrative and rural services activity centre core, transport system, relation to the role and function of the role, whereas Port Douglas has a strong open space and the path network. centre; and then tourism focus. Part E–Regional policies 79

2. on the edge of the centre locations, with preference given to sites that are or will be well-connected to the centre; and then 3. outside of the centre locations, with preference given to locations which are or will be well served by a choice of transport modes and which are close to the centre and have a high likelihood of forming links with the centre. Development outside of the centre is inconsistent with the strategic intent of the regional plan as it can diminish regional activity centre vitality and detract from economic growth by diluting public and private investments in centre-related activities, facilities and infrastructure.

Planning for regional activity centres will need to address relevant regional planning objectives. Local governments play an important role, and will need Consumer demand is not sufficient to amend planning schemes and other grounds for only increasing the retail area strategic local planning documents to: of shopping centres. An appropriate land use mix will need to be demonstrated • reflect the regional activity centre that achieves broader community and network designations economic aspirations.

• spatially define the regional activity Regional activity centres are to be located centre boundaries and developed to achieve a sense of • identify the current and future role and community and community place and function of regional activity centres space—somewhere that people live, conduct business, learn and play, rather • ensure an appropriate zoning mix and than just pass through to shop or work. other planning provisions to achieve Higher densities will be promoted in the regional planning intent appropriate localities within the regional • ensure adequate provision for local activity centres within Cairns, Mareeba, activity centres. Atherton and Innisfail (see section 4.3). The creation of compact, self-contained, Future development of the higher order diverse and inter-connected centres principal and major regional activity will be vital for creating efficient centres should also include adequate transport systems and walkable, healthy provision for small business, and the communities. Density, housing choice maintenance of market-places in locations and affordability, and urban design that best serve the needs of residents. and character are key components (see sections 4.1, 4.3 and 4.4). The intent of 4.2.3 and 4.2.4 is to ensure that centres are planned as regional activity centres, not just shopping centres for example, contain mixed uses, and provide diverse employment and housing opportunities. 80 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Table 6: FNQ regional activity centres network Description

Regional activity Description centre

Principal regional The Cairns central business district is the region’s principal regional activity centre. It contains the largest activity centre and most diverse concentration of urban activities. For some activities it has an international function particularly in the tourism sector. It is the key regional focus of employment, government administration, retail, commercial and specialised personal and professional services. It accommodates significant cultural, entertainment, health, education and public transport facilities. It also has the highest population density, greatest concentration of mixed use developments, and most diverse dwelling mix in the region, including areas of medium and high rise buildings. This centre is supported by key regional infrastructure including the Cairns Base Hospital, Cairns Seaport and Cairns International Airport.

Major regional activity FNQ’s major regional activity centres contain a major concentration of business, employment and centre population. These centres generally provide a range of retail and services, local and/or state government administration, and important health, education, cultural and entertainment facilities. Some major regional activity centres are serviced by public transport and supported by hospitals, tertiary education institutions and an airport or seaport. Multiple dwellings in mixed use low and medium rise buildings may be present within the centre core.

District regional District regional activity centres contain a reasonably large concentration of business, employment activity centre and population. They provide a range of convenience retail and urban services and may contain a small district or branch offices of government and other government services such as police, fire and ambulance. These centres may also contain a hospital, secondary school and provide a range of cultural and entertainment facilities such as a museum, sports parks, café and community hall. Some above-shop and attached dwellings may be present in the centre core.

Village activity centre Village activity centres are distinct communities in rural areas that have a strong village character and links with the rural production and regional landscape values. They contain a concentration of business and employment that primarily service tourism and/or primary production industries. Village activity centres may contain some retail, government services, entertainment and community facilities. Any future growth of these centres will need to maintain the unique village character.

Rural activity centre Rural activity centres are small, relatively remote centres in rural areas with small populations and concentration of business and employment. Rural activity centres may have services disproportionate to the current population given population fluctuations associated with resource extraction and distances from other centres. Future service provision may change, for example due to improving technologies. Despite their small size rural activity centres have an important role in servicing rural communities and provide a focal point for business, community events and social interaction. Part E–Regional policies 81

4.3 Urban structure Objective Explanatory notes and master planning • The urban footprint contains an The urban footprint provides sufficient appropriate land use mix to create a land for growth of a wide range of urban stronger, more liveable and sustainable land uses to 2031 including residential, Planning for the future structure, or land community. commercial, industrial, sport and use mix, of the region’s urban areas can recreation, and other non-residential land provide significant positive community uses (refer to intent statement Part D). benefits in terms of improved accessibility Land use policies The amount and location of specific land to services, cost-efficiencies in the uses varies across the region. provision of infrastructure, quality of 4.3.1 Local government planning schemes ensure an appropriate life, opportunities for employment and Not all rural zoned land included land use mix is provided to economic activities and protection of within the urban footprint is suitable accommodate future growth within regional landscape and rural production for or meant to be used for residential the urban footprint. values. development. Local government planning schemes will be amended as a high Urban development includes more than 4.3.2 A structure plan is prepared for priority to identify appropriate future housing. Land use allocations need to regionally significant growth land uses and protect these areas from facilitate developments which provide a areas prior to urban development premature or inappropriate development range of uses and activities to support occurring. (refer to section 4.1). The intent of land the community and higher levels of self- use policy 4.1.1 is to ensure that land use containment, including retail, commercial, 4.3.3 A master plan is prepared within the urban footprint addresses the industrial, government, community, for identified transit oriented future needs of the local and regional cultural, education, health, sport and communities. community. Not all greenfield land is recreation, entertainment, and other intended to be used for residential leisure activities. Aligned strategies development, and existing urban land uses may change. For example, some The regional land use categories identify 4.3.A Planning schemes, local laws rural zoned land included within the the regional land use structure at regional and other local planning urban footprint is intended to be used level. Local government planning schemes instruments ensure that existing for industrial, commercial and open space furthermore identify an urban structure, or open space and conservation and parks. land use mix, at local level. Future land areas are protected from urban use mixes within the urban footprint will encroachment. An important component of the region’s need to cater for changes in urban form, character and lifestyle is the availability population demographics and community of green open spaces and conservation needs while protecting the valued FNQ areas within the urban footprint. Local character and lifestyle. Strategic land use government will need to protect these and infrastructure planning will be vital areas from urban encroachment using components of delivering an appropriate local laws or other local planning land use mix within the urban footprint. mechanisms. Redevelopment within the This involves making plans upfront about urban footprint that results in increased the type and sequencing of land uses and density will need to provide additional associated infrastructure. A prioritised, areas of open space, and in particular plan-led approach will be a crucial aspect cater for the needs of families and of the long term planning for the region’s children. main growth centres.

Structure planning provides an opportunity for local and state government to work collaboratively in establishing a framework to guide preferred development and infrastructure provision. There are formal structure planning processes under IPA for declared Master Planned Areas and informal processes which may be local government or developer driven. 82 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Changes to the land use mix may be accommodated via development on greenfield sites, and through infill and redevelopment. An increasing proportion of future residential and commercial growth will need to be accommodated from infill and redevelopment within the larger regional centres (see section 4.1).

Local government planning schemes will need to anticipate and cater for the needs of the FNQ community in 2031, including:

• mitigation of, and adaptation to, climate change and oil vulnerability • self-containment, particularly development of localised economies based on regional activity centre and transit oriented community development • changes in urban structure and form e.g. increased need for open space associated with increased dwelling density • population demographics e.g. Master plans provide for more detailed Transit oriented communities have a increasing need for social infrastructure local area planning, often for large key role in the preferred pattern of to support the ageing population greenfield development sites. A structure development. The exact location of In general terms master planning is plan is prepared for the entire Master transit oriented communities will be an integrated planning process used Planned Area. This plan sets out the investigated through the Cairns Transit to identify the preferred future spatial broad environmental, infrastructure and Network (under preparation) and structure structure and land use planning intent development intent to guide further plans. Once identified, transit oriented of an area. Master planning can be detailed planning in the area. After a communities will need to undergo undertaken on greenfield, infill and/ structure plan has been finalised it is integrated planning in future (see section or redevelopment sites. The term is incorporated into the local government 8.1 and map 17). This may occur through sometimes used by developers, but has planning scheme and location-specific a declared master planned process or particular meaning in relation to declared master plans will be produced where other integrated planning process, as Master Planned Areas under IPA. necessary. appropriate. Integrated planning activities would be staged over time and be based A declared Master Planned Area is one Master planning allows for state and on priorities identified by state and which has been declared under IPA where local policy issues to be proactively local government. The resulting plan will state and local government work together resolved during plan preparation, rather ensure that transit oriented development to achieve long term planning for the than reactively during development is initiated and occurs in sequence with area in a structured and coordinated way. assessment. This is expected to make the planned state and local infrastructure The Mount Peter Master Planned Area development assessment process more delivery. is the first Master Planned Area to be efficient and have a positive impact on declared in Queensland. housing affordability. It can also be used to facilitate agricultural diversification in the regional landscape and rural production area, to amend the effect of FNQ Regulatory Provisions. Part E–Regional policies 83

Mount Peter Master Planned Area

Facilitating growth in Mount Peter is to be developed for industrial and • an efficient public transport network, one of the strategic directions of the logistic uses. with higher housing densities and mixed use developments within regional plan. Mount Peter is part of The master planning will need to transit oriented communities. the Southern Growth Corridor, which achieve the relevant policy objectives was identified in FNQ2010 as a future of the regional plan. This includes, for A mix of housing including higher urban area. A structure plan is currently example: dwelling densities will: being prepared for Mount Peter by Cairns Regional Council in consultation • protection of areas of ecological • enable efficient infrastructure and with a consortium of landholders, significance, waterways and other services, including public transport, the community and relevant state natural values recreational space, community government agencies. The Mount Peter facilities and the retention of green • avoidance of natural hazards Master Planned Area was declared on spaces within the corridor the 9 May 2008. including flooding and acid sulfate soils • reduce the need for future urban areas to be developed, for example The main components of Mount Peter • protection of cultural values, local on good quality agricultural land. shown on map 10 are: identity and sense of place An ultimate population capacity of up • appropriate dwelling densities and • the area between Edmonton and to 50 000 will need to be planned for housing mixes Gordonvale, generally west of the in the Mount Peter Master Planned Bruce Highway. This area is intended • open spaces that are linked where Area in the longer term. The full to contain a mix of urban uses possible to maximise their function development of Mount Peter is likely including regional and local activity as wildlife corridors and for outdoor to go beyond the life of this regional centres, mixed dwelling densities, recreation plan. open space and sport and recreation • provision of a range of economically areas viable activity centres of a scale • an area on the eastern side of that will maximise the availability of Edmonton is also part of the Master local employment opportunities and Planned Area. This area is intended available services 84 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

4.4 Housing choice and affordability

Access to appropriate housing is an important component of social and economic wellbeing. A range of housing options are needed to meet the need of the current and future community in FNQ. Housing options include multiple dwellings, detached houses, nursing homes, boarding houses, hostels and shelters. Housing need is influenced by a range of factors including changing life-cycle needs, socio-economic circumstances and occupations, specific needs of people with a disability, and the needs for short-term and emergency accommodation.

Housing needs are changing in the region. Some areas are experiencing rapid population growth whereas others are declining. Household size is decreasing, the population is ageing, and Objective Aligned strategies housing affordability has been declining. Traditional households of couples with • A variety of housing options are 4.4.A The urban land monitoring children are decreasing and the number provided to facilitate housing choice program monitors housing choice of people living alone without children, or and affordability to meet diverse and affordability. as lone parents is increasing. community needs. 4.4.B Opportunities to provide • Sufficient land is made available to affordable and universal housing A significant proportion of residential meet longer term regional housing are investigated in declared dwellings in the region are currently single needs for a minimum of 15 years. detached houses on individual allotments. Master Planned Areas and major There has also been an increasing trend residential developments. towards larger houses on smaller lots. Land use policies 4.4.C Affordable and universal housing This can result in lower building energy 4.4.1 An appropriate range and mix design initiatives are supported efficiency, loss of character, and social of dwelling types and sizes and encouraged. isolation. A greater range and mix of are provided in new residential dwellings is needed to create a more developments. liveable, stronger community. Explanatory notes 4.4.2 Land use planning assessments for state land consider the potential Providing diverse and affordable housing for land allocations to deliver options is an important issue and key housing options and affordability challenge both nationally and in FNQ. A outcomes that address gaps in range of housing options can help create community need. more diverse communities and avoid social polarisation and displacement. Part E–Regional policies 85

All new residential developments in the Universal housing design aims to provide Regional planning policies can influence region will need to provide an appropriate flexible housing that is suitable for the supply of affordable housing in FNQ range and mix of dwellings. These factors people with varying abilities and at by ensuring sufficient land is available are likely to vary in accordance with: different stages of their lives. It avoids for development within the urban building physical barriers for people living footprint. The urban footprint is expected • housing needs assessment in or visiting the home and can be readily to provide for approximately 20 years • dwelling density targets adapted to meet changing needs. Some supply of residential land. There are a of the key features are: range of other factors which impact on • urban character and design housing affordability, such as market • land use constraints. • absence of barriers and sharp turns in influences, interest rates and mortgage approach areas deregulation, over which the regional plan A housing need assessment may be has little or no influence. The Department undertaken in particular local government • wide hallways and doorways will monitor aspects of housing choice areas by the Department of Housing to • bathroom/toilet and one bedroom and affordability to inform future policy implement the State Planning Policy 1/07 accessible for a person with limited development. Housing and Residential Development. mobility or in a wheelchair This includes local governments that • simple logical layout without have 10 000 or more people within at obstructions, hazards or steps least one urbanised area and a minimum average dwelling approval rate of 100 • lever door handles dwellings per year over the latest five • gently sloping footpaths and driveways year period. In FNQ this includes the former Cairns City local government area. Housing affordability issues generally affect new home buyers and low to A housing need assessment has recently middle income households. All new been undertaken for the Mount Peter residential developments should consider Master Planned Area. This will inform the retention and provision of a minimum development of the structure plan and level of affordable housing to cater for identification of preferred housing options both the entry buyer and low income for Mount Peter. housing market.

Local governments should ensure that The Queensland Housing Affordability planning schemes deliver an appropriate Strategy (DIP, 2007i) aims to ensure that range and mix of housing relevant to Queensland’s land and housing is on the local and regional needs, including market quickly and at the lowest cost. providing for vulnerable persons. This should help reduce the timelines and Social infrastructure should generally associated holding costs of bringing new be accommodated within the urban housing onto the market. footprint, and higher dwelling densities will need to be concentrated in and The Urban Land Development Authority around various regional activity centres has been established as part of the and transit oriented communities (see Strategy. Other relevant strategies include section 4.1). Housing choices should simplifying the infrastructure charging be increased in these areas over time process across Queensland, identifying to increase opportunities for different appropriate, under-utilised government age groups to live, work and interact land for urban proposals, designating together. Urban design and character land for housing, reviewing greenfield will play an important role in creating land to identify parcels which can be attractive, high quality places and developed ahead of time, and enabling spaces, particularly in higher density local governments to facilitate private developments (see section 4.5). sector infrastructure financing. 86 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

4.5 Sustainable buildings and tropical design

The regional plan recognises the highly valued tropical character of the region and the built environments and lifestyles that have evolved because of it. Building design from southern parts of Australia are not suited to a tropical climate. There is a need to adapt to provide better opportunities for enjoying the tropical lifestyle. Tropical design principles underpin and reinforce good sustainable design. Incorporating tropical design principles into future development at the building, neighbourhood, suburb, town and city level will respond more effectively to the region’s tropical character and identity.

The older suburbs of the FNQ region contain many homes and buildings Objective 4.5.4 New urban developments provide rich in character. As the demand for accessible public open spaces and units and other high density residential • Urban development recognises the places that incorporate tropical houses increases, particular care must unique tropical character of the region design features (see section 3.5). be given to protecting and maintaining and is designed and constructed to these homes and planning and designing facilitate a sustainable lifestyle. 4.5.5 Subregional variations in built new buildings to ensure the style and form, design and lifestyle are character of the area is retained rather identified and maintained. than eroded. Land use policies 4.5.1 Urban development reflects Although the whole region is classified and reinforces the distinct Explanatory notes as tropical, it is recognised that there are tropical lifestyle of the region, Urban development should be based on subregional variations such as coastal, is responsive to climate and tropical design principles and incorporate range, tableland, rural and river valley, encourages the sustainable use of or contribute to: which each have different built forms and natural resources. lifestyles that respond to local climates. • public and private open space and/or Maintaining this unique built form 4.5.2 Sustainable building and recreational facilities strengthens the local sense of place and tropical design principles are identity. incorporated in urban planning and • attractive streetscapes with shade trees development including orientation, and awnings siting and passive climate control. • cultural and social values

4.5.3 New urban developments are built • water and energy efficiencies to withstand potential impacts • sustainable buildings that respond to from climate change including the local vernacular more intense cyclones, higher • mitigation and adaptation to climate temperatures and flooding impacts change. (see section 4.7). Part E–Regional policies 87

Tropical design principles for FNQ include:

• incorporating wide verandas, ceiling • integrating water and energy saving • protecting the integrity and character fans and indoor outdoor connections devices in housing design of the hills, mountains and ridgelines which frame and define the tropical to allow for natural ventilation and • incorporating local vegetation in environment reduce use of air conditioners planned and existing transport • using lighter building materials such corridors including all roads, and • integrating natural elements as timber and steel bicycle and pedestrian routes and the natural environment with development of the built • retaining mature trees where • creating an open and permeable environment. appropriate, and provide additional built environment where design planting, to provide shade areas allows for the presence of nature, water and a sense of openness and • providing shaded open space areas, movement streets and pedestrian pathways with continuous vegetation and large • developing outdoor centres for shade trees dining, entertainment and recreation, and • providing covered walkways for major pedestrian routes to • provide sheltered access to public accommodate wet season rains services and facilities, such as public transport stops

Sustainable housing is designed with energy-efficient lighting in new houses people in mind, is efficient in the and units, prevention of residential estate use of energy and water, seeks to covenants that restrict the use of energy minimise waste, is safe and secure, and efficient design and fixtures, prevention of incorporates universal design principles. the sale and installation of inefficient air- A sustainable house is more cost-efficient conditions and sustainability declarations over time, comfortable, cheaper to when a home is sold. maintain and helps us enjoy our unique environment. This includes mitigating and A number of key initiatives, such as adapting to climate change. mandating 4-star energy efficiency in new commercial buildings and phasing Climate responsive building, or passive out electric hot water systems in existing climate control, involves using natural homes at the time of replacement from methods to reduce energy consumption 2010, have also been announced in the by designing, constructing and using ClimateSmart 2050 strategy. methods appropriate to the tropical climate. The Queensland Government discussion paper on improving sustainable housing Improvements in sustainable house in Queensland (DIP, 2008e) provides design are primarily achieved through useful information on sustainable housing the building standards in the Queensland solutions. Development Code. This includes measures for water and energy efficiency. Urban design principles suitable for FNQ All new houses in Queensland will be can also be found in: required to achieve a minimum 5 stars (out of 10) energy equivalent rating • Cairns City Council—Cairns Style Design from early 2009 under new sustainable Guide housing provisions. These include better • Department of Public Works—Smart recognition of outdoor living areas, Housing 4-star toilets, 3-star tapware, 80 per cent • Queensland Government—ClimateSmart 2050 Strategy • Queensland Building Code—Sustainable Buildings 88 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

• Transit oriented community principles Objective (see section 8.1) 4.6 Rural residential • Manage rural residential development to • Queensland Police Service—Crime development prevent fragmentation and alienation of Prevention Through Environmental agricultural land and loss or degradation Design Guidelines. The creation of compact, well serviced of areas of high ecological significance urban areas is an important component The challenge for councils, the building and ensure efficient use of land and of achieving sustainable growth. Locating industry, designers, developers and cost-effective delivery of services and residential developments close to regional owners is to provide housing that is infrastructure. tropical, sustainable, climate responsive activity centres and public transport and affordable. Initiatives to develop nodes can improve access to employment guidelines and codes for improved urban opportunities, services and facilities and Land use policies character and design are supported and facilitate cost-effective infrastructure encouraged. provision. Consolidating growth in 4.6.1 New rural residential development existing centres also helps avoid is located in rural living areas. The overall attractiveness of an area as fragmentation of rural lands and protect a place to live and is a key reason why regional landscape values. 4.6.2 Future demand for rural residential people move to and stay in FNQ. People housing is provided from within are attracted to the character of the urban Rural residential development is large lot the existing stock of land zoned form, which is the relationship between residential subdivision in a rural, semi- for this purpose. buildings, public and private spaces, rural or conservation setting. Allotments local streets, neighbourhoods and natural usually have a power supply but a 4.6.3 Construction of residential landscapes, and to the general aesthetics limited range of other services, such as dwellings and ancillary structures and feel of the urban environment (see reticulated water and sewerage. within rural residential zoned section 3.5). land is confined to a building The area of land required for rural footprint which reduces the Rapid urban growth can swamp existing residential development is significantly exposure to natural hazards and urban values and lead to a loss of local greater than conventional urban avoids and minimises the loss of amenity, community identity and cultural development. Rural residential native vegetation through locating heritage. The objective of the sustainable developments have low to very low structures in existing cleared areas housing, urban character and tropical density and subsequently take up and co-locating service corridors. design policies is to achieve a built significant areas of land to house environment that retains the character relatively small populations. The relatively 4.6.4 Rural residential subdivision along and quality of life while achieving inefficiency of land use results in watercourses should be designed sustainable outcomes through effective additional pressure for urban areas to to minimise the impact of rural and innovative design. expand and can have a range of adverse residential water use on current economic, social and environmental and future water resources. State and local governments should impacts, including: lead by example through the design of public buildings that reflects the region’s • higher proportional cost of road character and climate and complements construction the surrounding urban, rural and natural • higher transport costs environment. All new development, • fragmentation of land redevelopment and design of public areas, urban neighbourhoods and civic • potential pollution over time through buildings should enhance the tropical inefficient on-site effluent disposal character and identity of the region. • weed proliferation due to high cost of land maintenance • potential cross-subsidisation of services by urban residents. Part E–Regional policies 89

Explanatory notes Rural residential zoned land that is significantly constrained, for example Rural residential development has by lack of appropriate infrastructure emerged as a major component of the or areas of ecological significance, or housing market in FNQ over the last located in small isolated patches, are two decades. Large rural residential contained in the regional landscape and estates have established near Cairns, rural production area. The FNQ Regulatory Mareeba, Atherton, Herberton, Ravenshoe Provisions apply to applications for rural and various other centres. There residential purposes on rural residential is additionally a significant, as yet zoned land in the regional landscape and undeveloped, supply of broadhectare rural production area (see Part D). rural residential zoned land (see Part D). Future development of rural residential Significant areas of rural residential zoned land should ensure that it is development have taken place on good managed appropriately to maintain quality agricultural land or in areas of environmental and landscape values. This high ecological significance. Few rural includes management of pest plants and residential developments are currently animals (see section 2.2), and mitigating being used for farming in FNQ and there potential risks from flooding, bush fires, is often a strong reliance on private car landslides and other hazards (see section travel to nearby centres for employment 4.7). and services. The limited access to employment and social infrastructure in Management of rural residential these areas can result in a number of developments includes minimising the adverse economic and social impacts on impacts upon waterways (see section these communities. As rural residential 7.1) and rural water supply (see section communities develop, pressure often 7.6). Rural residential developments can grows for additional services and facilities place additional demands on rural water which are difficult to provide in a cost usage and create competition for limited effective manner. water supplies with primary producers. Rural residential development should be Rural residential development will be set back from watercourses to avoid the limited to the existing appropriately creation of water entitlements for urban zoned areas to ensure that a range uses. of regional planning objectives can be achieved. An adequate supply of broadhectare rural residential zoned land for the preferred pattern of development in FNQ has been provided as part of this plan.

Most rural residential zoned land has been included in the rural living area. Some areas that are well located with regard to urban services and facilities have alternatively been included in the urban footprint. Local governments will assess potential opportunities to increase density in these areas (see section 4.1). 90 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

4.7 Mitigation of Objective Aligned Strategies hazards • Development minimises the potential 4.7.A Emergency service and disaster adverse impacts of natural, industrial management needs are addressed and climate change induced hazards in land use planning, regional Various parts of the FNQ region are and increases the resilience of people, infrastructure planning and at risk from natural hazards such as environments, locations and economic development. cyclones, floods, storm tide inundation, sectors leading to a safer community landslides and bushfires. These hazards and better quality of life. 4.7.B Regional data sets require a are expected to pose a greater risk as a coordinated and a consistent result of climate change and will create approach applied in identifying challenges for emergency response Land use policies natural hazard areas and planning and management. Impacts of associated risks to inform land use 4.7.1 Measures to mitigate potential climate change that are likely include: planning, development assessment adverse impacts of floods, storm and disaster management plans. • more intense summer rain tide inundation, bushfires, cyclones and landslides are implemented • towns, infrastructure and resorts in low- 4.7.C Increase the resilience of at-risk through identifying natural hazard lying areas being vulnerable to higher communities by raising their management areas in planning flood or storm surge levels awareness and preparedness for schemes and appropriate planning more frequent extreme weather • higher risk of Cairns being inundated scheme strategies and measures. events, and ensure that disaster by 1-in-100 year storm surge response plans and services and 4.7.2 New development located in • changes in rainfall and hotter community recovery plans take infill areas likely to be severely temperatures increasing the risk of into account the increased severity affected by storm tide inundation water, food and vector borne diseases of extreme weather events. is adequately planned to manage (see policy 3.3.3). these hazards (see section 1.2). Development in natural hazard prone areas is a significant community 4.7.3 The potential adverse impacts Explanatory notes health and safety issue. The expense of hazardous and high impact The preferred approach to dealing of the repercussions of developing in industries is addressed by with natural hazards is to avoid future these areas is a significant burden on identifying: development in hazard prone areas. government, business, industry and • high impact industry areas individuals. Most significantly, individuals In developing the preferred settlement can be severely impacted by the loss of • planning scheme strategies and pattern for FNQ, natural hazards were homes and personal possessions when measures considered a constraint to future development. This will ensure that future natural disasters occur. • development assessment (see urban areas are not located in areas that policy 1.3.2). Population growth, lifestyle changes and are currently at risk from natural hazards increased economic activity are generating or likely to be at risk in the future as a pressure for development in these areas. result of climate change. In particular, this is occurring along the coast and waterways, in bushlands Most local government authorities in FNQ and on steep slopes. These areas are have addressed disaster management in particularly vulnerable to the impacts of some way, as required under the Disaster climate change and further development Management Act 2003. However, state in these areas exposes the community to and local governments need to coordinate risks and should be avoided. regional data sets and apply a consistent approach in identifying natural hazard areas and associated risks. This can inform land use planning, development assessment and disaster management plans. Once identified, these areas are to be mapped in local government planning schemes. Conditions should be placed on development where appropriate. Part E–Regional policies 91

There are a number of existing urban settlements in the FNQ region that are susceptible to the potential impacts of natural hazards. In these areas an adaptation approach will strengthen the community’s overall resilience to potential impacts. This involves improved prevention, detection, response and recovery systems to protect the community, environment, businesses and infrastructure from the threat of disasters. New development in existing centres will need to incorporate design mechanisms to mitigate the effects of natural hazards and disasters (see section 1.2).

Regional infrastructure facilities and services should be strengthened where appropriate. These can be addressed through local government planning schemes and structure and master planning. Land use planning in these areas should ensure new development and redevelopment minimises risk to people, property and the environment The Queensland Government has a In addition, the Department of and mitigates the cost of recovering from number of existing policies to assist Infrastructure and Planning, in partnership natural disasters. in the management of natural hazards, with the Australian Building Codes including: Board and James Cook University, is Planning decisions for housing and investigating the effects of cyclones and infrastructure needs for the entire • State Planning Policy 1/03: Mitigating climate change on buildings. This will community require consideration of the Adverse Impacts of Flood, better inform government on whether changing climatic conditions. Transport Bushfire and Landslide (Department of current building codes are sufficient to infrastructure, such as roads, bridges and Emergency Services, 2003) resist potential climate change impacts. railways are particularly vulnerable to • Guide for the State Coastal The department is also working on extreme weather events. Design criteria Management Plan: Mitigating the improving State Planning Policy 1/03 with for extreme events will need to allow for Adverse Impacts of Storm Tide respect to bushfire prone areas. such events to be exceeded more often. Inundation (EPA, 2007a). Temperature increases and high intensity Major emergency situations including rainfall events are both likely to increase floods, fires, chemical hazards and traffic maintenance costs and reduce the accidents and the associated necessary lifespan of infrastructure (EPA, 2008b). response by emergency services need The potential of major emergency events to be considered when planning new requires a land use planning approach development. Useful references include to ensure efficient delivery of emergency the district disaster management plans services to the community and evacuation and disaster district community recovery of residents and visitors in affected areas. plans for the Cairns, Mareeba and Innisfail The provision of a world-class emergency districts. and disaster management service will result in a safer community and better quality of life for FNQ residents, particularly in coastal areas where risks are high. 92 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

5. Economic development

Desired regional outcome A strong, ecologically sustainable and diversified economy, building on new and existing regional and subregional competitive advantages and specialisations.

FNQ has a vibrant economy that has Other factors that support economic demonstrated strong growth over time. growth and development include The strength of the region’s economy providing infrastructure and services, such lies in the quality and depth of its as transport, freight and information and primary and tourist industries, which communication technology, education underpin economic activity. The region’s and research institutions, and water and close proximity to many of Australia’s energy. trading partners in Asia and the South Pacific presents many opportunities for The region is an attractive place to live greater economic activity. FNQ has the and work, with its tropical lifestyle and potential to be a leader in tropical and high quality of life. Maintaining this climate change expertise, building on its attractive lifestyle will be important in developing resource base in knowledge attracting skills and investment for a and service industries. sustainable economy.

The continuing movement of people into the region will drive employment forward. The region’s capacity to create employment and support the preferred pattern of development requires specific subregional strategies focusing on:

• preserving the region’s natural economic and environmental advantages • diversifying the region’s economic base • continuing to provide suitable and appropriately located land for industry and economic activity • continuing to support primary industries in rural locations • developing skills to support industry and regional growth. Part E–Regional policies 93

The regional plan supports the expansion 5.1.4 Job creation and employment 5.1 Economic growth of established areas of economic activity diversification opportunities are and diversification and identifies areas of emerging and maximised in centres of economic future employment (see maps 11 and 12). activity, as indicated in maps 11 and 12. FNQ has a growing economy traditionally based on agriculture and tourism 5.1.5 Self-containment throughout the industries. There are areas of good-quality Objectives region is promoted through the agricultural land surrounding Mareeba– • A diversified regional economy integration and co-location of Dimbulah, Atherton, the southern characterised by industries and a mixed range of employment Tablelands, the coastal plain between economic activity centres, which build opportunities with residential Cairns and Cardwell and the Mossman on existing regional and subregional development. area. Tourism is based on the Wet Tropics competitive advantages and and the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage specialisations. 5.1.6 Economic growth occurs in a areas. Potential for mining activities is sustainable manner that protects • The region’s economic base diversifies, increasing, particularly in the Mount ecological processes and based on industries and activities, Garnet and Chillagoe corridor. maintains cultural, physical and which complement the significant social wellbeing of people and Continued diversification of the region’s environmental values of the region. communities. economic base is important to minimise • Economic development minimises the the effects of global trends and major region’s contribution to the causes of 5.1.7 Economic activities with a direct events—including from climate change— climate change and ensures industries connection to the rural, natural or on the region’s overall economy. The are resilient to its impacts. resource value of the surrounding natural and rural values provide great • An adequate supply of suitable and area are encouraged in regional economic opportunities and further landscape and rural production economic pursuits must ensure those appropriately located commercial and industrial land is available to support areas, provided they do not values remain. However, this relatively include permanent residential narrow economic base places the region the diverse range of businesses and industry sectors needed for regional development and are of an in a vulnerable situation. Tourism, appropriate scale. mining and to a lesser extent primary economic development and developing liveable and sustainable communities industries, are susceptible to external 5.1.8 Adequate strategic port land at and activity centres. influences such as international trends Cairns and Mourilyan is made and commodity markets. The region’s available for coastal uses, such economic base needs to be diversified in Land use policies as commercial fishing, other order to develop greater robustness. This land based marine activities and will provide a wider range of employment 5.1.1 Land use planning and logistics (including bulk sugar and economic opportunities for the development activities provide terminal, live cattle or forestry community. opportunities for diverse and cargo handling facilities). innovative economic growth. Cairns is the major commercial, business and service centre for FNQ, Cape York, 5.1.2 Strategically located land and the Gulf of Carpentaria and Papua buffers are secured to meet the Aligned strategies New Guinea. Cairns accommodates current and future requirements of 5.1.A Opportunities for economic key regional infrastructure such as an locally and regionally significant development in Indigenous international airport, seaport, HMAS business and industry uses, communities are investigated and Cairns naval base and a campus of including long-term provision provided. James Cook University. Innisfail, Tully, beyond the timeframe of the FNQ Atherton and Mareeba are major regional Regional Plan. 5.1.B Economic data is regularly activity centres that provide commercial, updated, particularly following business, retail and services for the urban 5.1.3 Commercial and industrial sites release of census data, to community and surrounding rural areas. and areas with identified potential assist economic planning and for local and regional economic development for the region. The region’s employment opportunities development are protected from are largely concentrated in Cairns. A incompatible development, greater range of employment options when deciding planning scheme should be encouraged outside of Cairns amendments and development in locations convenient to residential applications. areas to ensure employment options and diversity are available across the region. 94 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Under the initiative, industry stakeholders land to provide for the predicted future implement action plans that develop demand. Matters affecting the existing export opportunities, build industry supply of land include specific site capacity and attract business, to achieve constraints limiting the developable critical mass in the sector. Economic footprint, loss of land to competing uses development strategies already exist or (residential, commercial and community) are being developed for some of the and landowners’ willingness to develop subregions and existing local government lots for industry rather than higher order areas. Climate change and its potential commercial uses. impacts need to be considered when developing economic strategies. The Given there is very little suitable land potential impacts may provide threats to available in the Cairns northern corridor the tourism industry and opportunities for for industrial development and the the agricultural industry. The increasing predicted population growth for the role of Cairns as a regional, domestic southern corridor of Cairns, most of the and international airport hub is likely to industrial land shortfall to service the increase employment opportunities in Cairns urban area and regional economic aviation and related industries. This will growth will need to be provided in the include expansion into more sophisticated southern growth corridor. services of the education and training, finance, brokerage, insurance, aviation The longer term supply of industrial and marine industries. land in Cairns, particularly in the 5.1.C An education/industry/government southern corridor, will need to be further partnership is developed to Economic development strategies already investigated and monitored, to secure support and promote research exist or are being developed for some a suitable supply of industrial land and development on measures to of the subregions and existing local for regional economic development in increase industry’s resilience to government areas. Climate change and its proximity of the region’s future workforce climate change and to capitalise potential impacts need to be considered and supply and demand chains. on business opportunities, when developing economic strategies. The including a local biofuels industry potential impacts may provide threats to A range of criteria will need to be and potential renewable resource the tourism industry and opportunities for considered when locating regionally areas. the agricultural industry. significant industrial land, including access to major transport networks, 5.1.D The impact of climate change on The increasing role of Cairns as a appropriate infrastructure provision the region’s economy is assessed regional, domestic and international and the need to buffer medium–high and industry sectors assisted to airport hub is likely to increase impact and large-footprint industry adapt. employment opportunities in aviation from residential or sensitive land uses. and related industries. This will include Strategically located land in areas with 5.1.E Economic development strategies expansion into more sophisticated suitable regional arterial, port, airport or are developed for Centres of services of the education and training, rail access should be secured for business Enterprise such as marine, aviation finance, brokerage, insurance, aviation and industry serving the wider region and other industry sectors such as and marine industries. or importing and exporting goods and international education. services outside SEQ. There is a potential shortfall of industrial land in the Cairns urban area in the long In the interim, the Queensland Explanatory notes term, despite the overall adequate supply Government has developed the Woree of industrial land across the region to Business and Industry Park. The estate Diversifying the regional economy meet economic growth in the medium is largely made up of larger footprint is a primary aim of the Queensland term. Additional industrial land will be and regionally significant industrial Government’s Centres of Enterprise needed in Cairns in the long term to businesses. The estate is zoned General initiative. The initiative aims to grow support regional economic growth and Industry and is suitable for a wide variety FNQ’s aviation and marine services sector the population growth predicted for of industries. and develop commercial opportunities Cairns. across a range of other sectors that Given the shortage of industrial land to enhance specific expertise developed in The time frame for the potential service the growing population in the the tropics. deficit depends on the use of existing Cairns northern corridor, opportunities (zoned and vacant) industrial land and to secure additional industrial land for designation of additional industrial Part E–Regional policies 95

appropriate low-impact industry should • tourism on the Atherton Tablelands. • public and private hospitals in Cairns be identified as part of the Smithfield Mixed-use development at Edmonton will • entertainment, cultural and convention Town Centre planning process. Providing contribute to a vibrant and sustainable centres in Cairns industrial land at Smithfield will require town centre, which balances key the support and commitment of the • educational and research centres at economic and community goals. The James Cook University relevant landowners and developers. Edmonton major regional activity centre will be positioned around the proposed • major activity centres at Smithfield, Across the region there may be a Edmonton public transport station Earlville, Westcourt, Innisfail, Tully, requirement for amendments to and will integrate multiple modes of Atherton and Mareeba local planning schemes to secure an transport including bus services, taxis, appropriate supply of industrial land to • Cairns and Mourilyan seaports and cycling, walking and private vehicles. match the predicted demand. Zoning of HMAS Cairns naval base The Edmonton major regional activity additional or alternative land parcels for • industrial land at Bungalow–Portsmith, centre will grow into a transit oriented industry may be necessary to address: Manunda, and Innisfail community providing a range of local job opportunities for residents in Edmonton • sugar mills at Tully, South Johnstone, • the predicted long-term minor deficit in and the southern corridor. Babinda, Gordonvale, Mossman and industrial land supply (Atherton) Ariga and the dairy factory at Malanda • imbalances in the supply of land Areas west of the Atherton Tablelands • tourist nodes at Cairns central business across the region (e.g. Cardwell–Tully (part of the North East Minerals Province) district, Cairns North, Cairns northern and Malanda Millaa–Millaa) as a have known and potential minerals beaches and Port Douglas. result of changes in industry sector deposits. Following the recent growth in requirements. minerals exploration this area is expected Employment and economic activity centres in FNQ are indicated on maps 11 Further investigation may also be required to stimulate increased production of and 12. regarding the suitability and availability mineral ore and concentrate in the long of some land already zoned for industrial term. Sustainable economic development and purposes in Innisfail. Defence is a strong employment employment have been identified by the Queensland Government as a priority Emerging major employment and contributor, and stimulates the economy for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander economic activity opportunities include: by providing employment and services to the region. Planning needs to carefully communities including: • future industrial land at Edmonton, east consider the needs of Defence to ensure • assisting Indigenous people to increase of the current Bruce Highway facilities are protected from incompatible land uses. their economic independence and • Edmonton major regional activity employment opportunities centre, west of the current Bruce To provide employment close to where • improving their quality of life by Highway people live, existing major employment building local and regional business • industrial land at Mareeba and Woree and economic activity areas will also need capacity. to grow or diversify. These include: • mining and extractive industries in the An Indigenous Business Development Mount Garnet to Chillagoe corridor • Cairns central business district Grant Scheme has been established for this purpose. • Cairns International Airport 96 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Land use policies Explanatory notes

5.2.1 Future mining and extractive The government has named Cairns and industries and associated the FNQ region as centres of enterprise processing operations are for regional aviation, tropical expertise protected from conflicting land and marine. The initiative works to build use and supported by appropriate the economic strength of Queensland’s infrastructure. regions.

5.2.2 An adequate supply of land to A wide range of programs support accommodate future growth in economic and business development. operations, and suitable facilities These include: to support diversified aviation and marine trades and services, are • the Queensland Investment Incentives provided at air and seaports. Scheme • Significant Regional Projects Scheme 5.2.3 Use of existing infrastructure to 5.2 Industry and support industry development is • Business and Industry Transformation business development maximised and new infrastructure Incentives Scheme supports industry requirements • an industry and sectoral projects and is planned in line with scheme (DTRDI, 2008b). The FNQ region is in a strong position to industry demand. build on its natural competitive advantages, These programs are aimed to encourage: which are centred on tourism and primary 5.2.4 Opportunities for expansion • innovation industries. In addition, key specialised of business and industry are industries that have arisen in the region facilitated and promoted through • greater productivity include aviation, marine services and the identification, protection and • growth in exports tropical expertise. There is significant planning (including reuse and potential for the region to expand business rehabilitation) of suitable sites. • stronger regional economies opportunities into new areas to capitalise • new investment on the region’s strengths. 5.2.5 New business and industry • improved business capability. initiatives, including home-based business, that build on local Manufacturing in the region is associated Objective strengths and opportunities are with the processing of primary facilitated and supported in rural products and providing equipment and • Promote and expand business activity, towns and villages. engineering services to agriculture, increase business competitiveness and mining and tourism. The region has encourage regional exports and import 5.2.6 Planning should consider the a diverse manufacturing sector that replacement. needs of specialised industries, includes industries such as food and such as Defence, to avoid beverage, biotechnology, aviation, marine, encroachment from conflicting land electronics, general light manufacturing, uses. steel fabrication and boat building. With close proximity to Papua New Guinea and other Pacific markets, the sector is well Aligned strategies positioned for the future.

5.2.A Raise business competitiveness Marine tourism and commercial and by using the Queensland recreational fishing are significant Government’s export, business economic activities for the region, improvement, sectoral recognised nationally and internationally. development, and education and The marine industry is well established skills programs. and supplies products and services to defence, recreational and commercial Part E–Regional policies 97

markets. The diversity of coastal in rapidly changing global markets. conditions allows every aspect of sea 5.3 Innovation and The convergence of technologies, training to be undertaken. Cairns is a technology such as Information Communication major supplier of marine training in the and Technologies, biotechnology, state, and this sector is growing rapidly. environmental management, The region has potential to become manufacturing and mining technology, an internationally recognised centre Mining in the region has re-emerged on when combined with creativity is pivotal of tropical expertise. Scientists and the wave of a global resource boom. to providing the foundation for future practitioners are developing unique This has stimulated exploration and mine productivity gains. Developing these knowledge through adaptation to development. Herberton has become technological capabilities in the region the local environment in areas such a major zinc producer and Mareeba will enhance both existing and emerging as tropical health, environmental has considerable metallic and non- industries. management, primary industries, and metallic mineral diversity. There is also tropical living—encompassing Aboriginal considerable activity in the adjacent and Torres Strait Islander culture, built Etheridge Shire that could generate environment, disaster management, Objective downstream activity in service centres tourism and education. in the region. This broader area is part • Foster innovation and develop of the North East Minerals Province. The technological capabilities in the region Excellent educational institutions—from region has strong links to external mining to enhance existing and emerging primary to tertiary levels—and vocational activities as a base for fly-in/fly out industries. centres serve the region. Domestic and mining operations in remote areas. international demand continues to grow. Providing services to the mining industry Land use policy The international education industry is a is important to the regional economy major contributor to the local economy. 5.3.1 The development of a range of and may provide opportunities for future regional education and training economic diversification and growth. The Australian Government’s infrastructure that is accessible announcement of funding to establish a and attractive to the community Construction, wholesale and retail, finance School of Tropical Dentistry will provide and international students and and business services are also significant a boost to James Cook University and to supports skills development in industries primarily based on supporting the dental workforce in northern Australia the workforce is provided for in primary industry, tourism and the needs in the long term. Other initiatives such as the principal and major regional of a growing regional population. this in the future could foster innovation activity centres (see section 4.2). Investment in buildings, equipment and and provide regional benefits. infrastructure is expected to continue to 5.3.2 Sites are identified for the drive growth of industry in the region. The ongoing development of the James development of mixed-use Future growth opportunities include Cook University Smithfield campus will business parks and knowledge growing service areas nationally and be a key factor in diversifying economic precincts in principal regional internationally, and providing support for activity and increasing access to activity centres and major regional the growing biotechnology industry. education and training in the region. activity centres and collaborative planning approaches promoted to Knowledge and service industries cater A key issue for industry is developing the ensure the development of world to an emerging world market, particularly skill base and critical mass required to class facilities where opportunities in developing nations. These industries meet the increased demand for services. arise. include education, research, training, In many industries there is currently health and professional services. a shortage of skilled and experienced workers. The reasons for skill shortages are complex and varied. They are likely to be symptomatic of economic conditions, demographic change, cyclical changes in labour demand, emerging demands of new technology and regional issues.

The development of enabling technologies is crucial for innovation. Building capacity in enabling technologies ensures the creation of new employment opportunities, causing traditional industries to become competitive 98 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

5.4 Primary industries

Primary industries form a significant sector of the economy. Activities include agriculture, horticulture, dairy farming, fishing, aquaculture, mining and forestry. These industries have benefited from high-quality natural assets including agricultural land, water, forests and fisheries resources.

There are substantial differences in production areas and crops within the region. Sugar and banana production dominates coastal areas while dairying is the major farming activity on the Tablelands. Primary agricultural products include vegetables, tropical fruits and beef.

Fish habitats form the basis of the commercial, recreational and Indigenous Aligned strategy A new agri-science hub is being fisheries in Queensland. These three developed at Mareeba that will focus fishing industry sectors are important 5.3.A Research and innovation on research, development, extension, from an economical, social and cultural infrastructure is developed in the education and training. This will bring perspective. region. together the regional scientific capacity of the Department of Primary Industry and The commercial fishing catch is worth Fisheries in one location. The Australian $15–20 million annually to the regional Explanatory notes Agricultural College Corporation’s Mareeba economy, while recreational fishing is campus will also be relocated and a popular leisure activity with ongoing James Cook University delivers world-class incorporated into the hub. economic benefits from local and tourist education and research outcomes across participation. These fisheries have a range of disciplines, with particular There are a number of private English significant flow-on benefits for regional emphasis on subjects of special relevance language schools in Cairns catering for and national economies. Fishing also has to the tropics and its location in Australia international students. significant cultural heritage value to the and the Asia–Pacific region. Currently Indigenous communities in FNQ. Other there are 3200 students in Cairns, but The Cooperative Framework on Tropical marine-related industries include the there is potential for this number to grow. Science, Knowledge and Innovation was aquaculture farming of redclaw, prawns, formally entered into by the governments fish and crocodiles. The Australian Tropical Forest Institute of the Northern Territory, Queensland and is housed on the James Cook University Western Australia in 2004. This 10-year Cairns campus, and features the Tropical agreement expresses the desire and Objective Landscapes Joint Venture and Australian commitment of the three governments to Tropical Herbarium. This combines work together to: • Maintain a profitable and sustainable collections from the Australian National agricultural sector in rural areas and Herbarium in Atherton, the Queensland • realise the potential of tropical science, fishing industry adjacent to coastal Herbarium in Mareeba and the university knowledge and innovation to enhance areas, producing and marketing a campuses with state-of-the-art molecular the economic performance of northern diverse range of products for domestic science laboratories essential for modern Australia and the nation as a whole and export markets. plant research. It is also home to the Reef • protect the unique tropical landscapes and Rainforest Research Centre. • improve the quality of life of people Tropical North Queensland TAFE provides living in the tropics of Australia and vocational education and training for other nations. more than 13 000 students annually from campuses located at Cairns, Innisfail, Tully, Atherton, Mareeba and Mossman. Part E–Regional policies 99

Land use policies Aligned strategies Explanatory notes

5.4.1 Sites and corridors for 5.4.A Opportunities to develop regional State Planning Policy 1/92: Development infrastructure that supports and local food economies are and Conservation of Good Quality agricultural development, are investigated and collaborative Agricultural Land protects agricultural land identified, maintained and efforts to promote local food as an economic resource. The Department protected to support the operation consumption are supported. of Natural Resources and Water has of those facilities and the ongoing mapped areas of good-quality agricultural operation of agricultural industries. 5.4.B Long-term food supply needs are land that support the agricultural industry considered in land use, resource and (see map 6). Detailed maps of good- 5.4.2 Threats to primary production infrastructure planning by conserving quality agricultural land can be viewed from incompatible development and enhancing productive land, at Department of Natural Resources are identified and managed water supply and transport routes. and Water offices. Planning Guideline through land use planning and Separating Agricultural and Residential where appropriate, by developer- 5.4.C Alternative agricultural land Land Uses (Department of Natural established buffers. use options are investigated to Resources et al, 1997) provides guidance promote diverse, efficient, resilient on establishing buffers to minimise 5.4.3 Potential conflict between primary and strong rural economies. conflicts between agricultural operations industries and urban activities and incompatible urban activities. is managed through land use 5.4.D Climate change considerations are planning and, where appropriate, included in farm management and The Department of Primary Industries developer-established buffers. risk planning in the agribusiness and Fisheries has delegated responsibility sector. under the Environmental Protection Act 5.4.4 Areas for permanent or periodic 1994 for assessment and approval of food markets that increase access 5.4.E A sustainable fishing industry intensive animal industries (feedlots and to fresh produce and support located adjacent to coastal areas piggeries) and can provide advice on regional and local primary producers is facilitated, producing and appropriate separation distances between and food industries are planned, marketing a diverse range of sensitive land uses. supported and maintained. products for domestic and export markets. There are considerable opportunities to 5.4.5 Value adding of primary products enhance the region’s agricultural industry is encouraged close to the source 5.4.F Strategically and historically through expansion of existing activities, of production to diversify farm important fishing grounds are development of value-adding processes and local economies and reduce identified and maintained for and the introduction of new crops. transport requirements. current and future fish harvesting commensurate with ecological The local and regional food movement sustainability. is a collaborative effort to build more 100 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Department of Primary Industries Although the tourism industry is looking and Fisheries policies, codes and to diversify into areas such as cultural guidelines on the management of fish and business tourism, nature-based habitats document in detail the specific activities are expected to remain the management principles and technical major drawcard and the focus of product considerations for: promotion for the region. Sustainable opportunities must be identified and • marine plants developed to cater for nature-based • declared fish habitat areas tourism needs over the long term. Future opportunities in the tourism sector lie in: • insect control • dredging and extractive activities • the potential to increase the region’s business tourism market • offsets • ecotourism with the presence of two • mitigation World Heritage listed sites located side • waterway barriers by side in the region self-reliant local and regional food • restoration • the expansion of cultural tourism. economies. This involves integrating food production, processing, manufacturing, • buffers distribution and consumption to enhance • ponded pastures Objective the ecological sustainability of localities and regions. It also promotes diverse, • erosion • FNQ’s international reputation as a efficient, resilient and strong rural • beach replenishment. world-class destination for nature-based economies. Access to fresh produce also and sustainable tourism is maintained provides a range of health benefits for and enhanced. the community. 5.5 Tourist

Management of fish habitats is delivered development Land use policies through the Fisheries Act 1994. The key 5.5.1 Tourist development that provisions deal with marine plants and Tourism has been the fastest growing incorporates a permanent other fish habitats, declared fish habitat industry in FNQ over the past three residential component may be areas and waterway barriers. Marine decades and provides significant undertaken only within the urban plants include salt marsh, mangrove and employment benefits for the region. The footprint. seagrass communities and may include development of the Cairns international Melaleuca and other tidal plant species. airport, improved access to high-quality 5.5.2 Tourist development, including Private development extending onto fish natural attractions such as the reef and development that incorporates habitats is to be avoided. rainforests, and increased global travel short-term accommodation for has contributed to this growth. tourists, may be undertaken within Where there are no locations for the regional landscape and rural constructing new public infrastructure The region’s tourism industry is production area where there is an other than on fish habitats, the predominantly based on natural and identified need in a subregion and development impacts should be cultural features. Tourist activities are the accommodation: temporary or minimised through primarily concentrated between Mission (a) is of a nature and scale design, scale of development, and best Beach and Cape Tribulation along the that is sympathetic to management practice during construction coast, and those areas of the Great the maintenance of the and operation phases. Barrier Reef with direct access from regional landscape and rural Cairns, Port Douglas and Mission Beach. production values Where development impacts to fish Key visitor attractions include the Great habitats are likely, appropriate offset and Barrier Reef, the Wet Tropics rainforest, (b) minimises the impact on onsite mitigation measures are to be scenic landscapes, natural areas and a good-quality agricultural land addressed and implemented. Offsets may tropical climate. Protection of the natural (c) avoids areas of high ecological include land exchange of fish habitats, attractions and character of the region significance and coastal hill greater security for existing fish habitats, is important to the sustainability of the slopes and headlands (see restoration of degraded fish habitats tourism industry in the region. sections 1.1 and 2.3). and funding of fish habitat research to facilitate better management (see sections 1.1 and 1.2). Part E–Regional policies 101

5.5.3 Where tourist development (d) where located within a 5.5.D Adequate and appropriate levels is located within a strategic strategic rehabilitation of private and public infrastructure rehabilitation area, the area, increases ecological are provided on a timely development should result in an connectivity or habitat extent basis to support and enhance increase in ecological connectivity through rehabilitation of the ecologically sustainable or habitat extent through native vegetation cover. development of the leisure and rehabilitation of native vegetation 5.5.5 Workers accommodation may be business tourism industry. cover. provided in tourist development in 5.5.E The development of sustainable the regional landscape and rural 5.5.4 Tourist attractions (that do not cruise shipping infrastructure and production area, where there is include residential or tourist services is facilitated. limited alternative housing and/or accommodation) may be developed limited workforce available locally. in the regional landscape and rural production area where such Explanatory notes development: Aligned strategies FNQ offers a choice of tourism styles, (a) is of an appropriate scale for from conventional hotels and apartments 5.5.A Ecotourism infrastructure the locality in main centres such as Cairns and Port development and maintenance Douglas to small-scale nature based (b) is a facility functionally (such as visitor facilities) reflects tourism ventures focused on the natural dependant on being linked best practice minimal impact environment. The regional plan aims with the rural, ecological or design and procedures appropriate to maintain a mix of tourism choice by resource values of the locality to the setting and maximise focusing medium to large-scale tourism presentation opportunities. (c) where located in areas of developments in urban-footprint areas, high ecological significance, while allowing smaller scale tourism 5.5.B Safe, reliable and appropriate provides opportunities to developments within regional landscape access to ecotourism attractions is present and interpret the and rural production areas. This also provided. ecological values of the area allows for opportunities for economic and is designed and operated 5.5.C The cumulative number, location diversification for rural landholders. to have no more than a minor and type of visitor sites is or inconsequential impact on managed so that they do not ecological values of the area adversely affect World Heritage and any impacts are offset values while maximising options for presenting the area. 102 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

In the regional landscape and rural stay accommodation for visitors may also production area the intention is that be appropriate for locations adjoining proposals for small scale tourist areas of high ecological significance or in accommodation be considered through strategic rehabilitation areas. These areas the usual local government development can provide attractive locations for this assessment processes and do not trigger type of development and will generally the FNQ Regulatory Provisions (see part result in enhanced ecological connectivity D). or habitat extension (see section 1.1).

It is recognised that some medium to The Queensland Tourism Strategy large-scale tourism developments may be (Department of Tourism et al, 2006), appropriate within the regional landscape combined with a destination management and rural production area, but these plan for Tropical North Queensland, require more detailed assessment of the provides a detailed strategy for growing possible impacts of the development tourism in FNQ and Queensland as a on the regional landscape values, and whole. The Tropical North Queensland on neighbouring communities. The Destination Management Plan (Tourism infrastructure requirements to service Queensland, 2005) is a directional large developments—such as roads, rather than a prescriptive document. It power and water—also need to be should be used as a guiding tool for the considered. Medium to large-scale tourism development of tourism strategies and accommodation developments in a business plans, and as a basis for further regional landscape and rural production planning and discussion between partners area will be managed through the FNQ and stakeholders. Regulatory Provisions. The Queensland Cruise Shipping Plan Integrated resorts that incorporate a (State Development et al, 2002) provides permanent residential component within a whole-of-government framework for the resort complex are not considered developing cruise shipping by adding consistent with the landscape values value to industry initiatives and planning, of the regional landscape and rural developing, managing and marketing production area. These would undermine cruising in Queensland waters. the intent of the preferred settlement pattern for the region (see part D). The Tablelands Tourism Strategic However, this does not preclude the Development Strategy (Global Tourism provision of workers’ accommodation and Leisure Pty Ltd, 2003) and the or a caretaker’s residence associated Atherton Tablelands, Cairns Highlands with medium to large-scale tourist Investment Environment (Tablelands accommodation in the regional landscape Futures Corporation, 2007) have identified and rural production area, where there is a need for greater variety in tourist limited alternative housing and/or limited accommodation types in the region. In workforce available locally. particular there is a shortage of high- quality and/or medium to high-volume The plan recognises the requirement tourist accommodation on the Atherton of low-impact, nature-based tourism Tablelands. This in turn has implications attractions to be located within or for the tourism industry in the area. in close proximity of areas of high ecological significance. These facilities play an important role in increasing the knowledge of visitors about the values that makes FNQ a region of outstanding ecological significance and improving the overall visitor experience. Smaller scale tourism development that includes short- Part E–Regional policies 103

6. Infrastructure

Desired regional outcome Timely provision of infrastructure to meet community and industry needs in a cost effective and efficient manner, consistent with retention of the region’s environmental, social and economic values.

Rapid population growth and low density It is intended that key infrastructure urban development in FNQ has made will proactively support the preferred it difficult to provide well located and development pattern rather than react to timely infrastructure. Increasingly, the demand. Key challenges include: form and density of development must be planned to assist in providing efficient • maximising the use of existing and cost effective infrastructure and infrastructure by managing it efficiently services. Infrastructure helps shape and and effectively attract development. The provision of • finding better ways to prioritise and new infrastructure and the maintenance coordinate new infrastructure projects of existing assets are strategic tools to achieve the preferred pattern of • establishing the correct balance development. Map 13 shows the location between funding new infrastructure and of region’s key infrastructure. • maintaining existing assets • incorporating climate change resilience into new and existing infrastructure • harnessing innovative funding and delivery mechanisms. Timely provision of appropriate infrastructure is also critical to achieving the government’s economic development and employment objectives. For example, development at Mount Peter is dependent on the availability of transport, energy and water infrastructure. 104 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

6.1 Infrastructure, Land use policies Aligned strategies planning and 6.1.1 Development in the areas planned 6.1.A Desired regional growth is for urban growth is appropriately supported by coordinating, coordination sequenced to facilitate more planning, prioritising and efficient provision of infrastructure sequencing infrastructure through Significant cost and service efficiencies and services and reduce costs. infrastructure plans, strategic can be achieved by improving plans, programs, budgets and coordination between individual 6.1.2 Infrastructure is supplied in a statutory planning. infrastructure agencies and between coordinated, efficient and orderly infrastructure, land use and economic way, and encourages urban 6.1.B Infrastructure development planning agencies. development in areas where within an area of high ecological adequate infrastructure exists or significance is located, designed Infrastructure planning will be undertaken can be provided efficiently. and operated to avoid impacts on by the government to support the the ecological values and where regional plan, establishing priorities 6.1.3 Demand for resources is managed avoidance is not possible, impacts for regionally significant infrastructure in order to maximise the efficient are minimised (see section 1.1). over the next five, ten and twenty use of transport, energy and water year planning timeframe. Infrastructure resources and delay the need for 6.1.C Opportunities for infrastructure planning will ensure state agencies align additional infrastructure provision. providers to work collaboratively to their infrastructure and service priorities coordinate the planning, provision 6.1.4 Key sites, corridors and buffer with the regional plan. It will also provide and sequencing of infrastructure areas for current and future greater coordination of infrastructure sites and corridors are encouraged regional infrastructure and services and services provided by state agencies and facilitated. are identified, preserved, protected and government owned corporations, as and where appropriate, proactively well as local government and the private acquired and managed. sector. Explanatory notes 6.1.5 Where adverse impacts cannot Infrastructure planning is the principal Infrastructure coordination takes place be avoided, impacts on key mechanism for identifying, prioritising at national, state, regional and local sites, corridors and buffer areas and delivering infrastructure projects to levels. To ensure coordination with are minimised or mitigated in support the regional plan and is based local government, the Queensland accordance with best practice. on the principle that strategically focused Government is holding regular subregional infrastructure investment will help to infrastructure forums with councils. These 6.1.6 New infrastructure corridors avoid lead and support the preferred pattern forums complement other state and local areas at risk from flooding, storm of development and achieve key policy government infrastructure processes such surge, bush fires or cyclone outcomes. In some instances, this means as the Main Roads and Local Government damage or are designed and implementation ahead of existing need. Road Management and Investment constructed to mitigate the risk. Alliance 2002-2007 and will ensure a shared understanding of infrastructure 6.1.7 Queensland Government issues and priorities. Objective infrastructure priorities are considered when preparing • Infrastructure is proactively planned, The FNQ Infrastructure Plan is a key structure plans, master plans and coordinated and provided to support mechanism for implementing the FNQ priority infrastructure plans. desired regional growth in an efficient Regional Plan in future years. An and effective manner, minimising the infrastructure plan provides opportunities region’s contribution to the causes of to plan, review, monitor, prioritise, climate change and to build resilience sequence and report (unpublished) on to the impacts of climate change and infrastructure projects on a region-wide oil vulnerability. basis. The FNQ Infrastructure Plan is linked to the State Budget. Part E–Regional policies 105

In preparing structure plans, master Co-locating infrastructure has the plans and priority infrastructure plans Infrastructure Corridors potential to reduce the need for new local government should take account of infrastructure sites and corridors, Queensland Government infrastructure thereby reducing the overall cost to the priorities. Priority Infrastructure plans Infrastructure corridors can community. For example, emergency are prepared by local government in contribute to the fragmentation services, transport and public utilities accordance with IPA Chapter 5, Part 1 and of habitat and the disruption of could be co-located in generic the Integrated Planning Regulation 1998 ecological processes that underpin infrastructure corridors. (s4). the biodiversity values of the surrounding land. Infrastructure The Queensland Government’s Smart State To achieve the strategic intent of the projects within FNQ should seek to: Strategy supports education, training and regional plan, sites and corridors for skills, research and development, and infrastructure such as transport and • manage ecologically significant innovation. It provides funding initiatives freight networks, pipelines, dams, sites and conserve the habitat of for infrastructure to support research transmission and distribution lines must endangered flora and fauna facilities and technology incubators. be identified and preserved well ahead • reduce impacts on flora, fauna of time. Where possible, infrastructure and dependent ecosystems Demand management aims to make sites and corridors should avoid areas through appropriate and better use of existing infrastructure by of high ecological significance (see map practical measures, including modifying consumer behaviour, rather 3), particularly east–west corridors across minimising vegetation clearance than directing limited resources towards coastal lowlands. Infrastructure planning for infrastructure works and major new or upgraded infrastructure. may identify a number of investigations undertaking revegetation and The principles of demand management where, dependent on circumstances, it restoration works are commonly considered in relation to would be prudent to preserve potential transport, water and energy resources. • where practicable, to enhance corridors and sites at an early stage (see connectivity and reduce the policy 1.1.1). Demand management initiatives can barrier effect of infrastructure include a broad range of economic, social corridors on the safe passage planning and regulatory tools, such as: of animals and responding to changes in habitat preferences • educational or incentive measures contributed to by climate change to bring about voluntary changes and other causal factors to consumer behaviour, including • take effective measures to protect reductions in use water quality in receiving waters • the introduction of technology to make • support research and education better use of existing resources in matters related to ecology and • restrictive pricing measures designed the implications for responsible to reflect the true cost or increase infrastructure design, construction, the comparative attractiveness of operation and maintenance. alternatives. 106 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Objective There are a number of funding and 6.2 Infrastructure charging mechanisms used to finance funding • Facilitate efficient funding of infrastructure projects and services. These infrastructure to new and existing urban include: areas. The annual State Budget process is the • federal and state taxes principal mechanism for identifying, prioritising and delivering infrastructure Land use policies • local government rates projects. It also assists the coordination • state agency funding of infrastructure and services owned 6.2.1 State infrastructure agreements • special purpose levies by state agencies, government-owned are developed between the corporations, local government and the Queensland Government • user charges private sector. and benefiting landowners and developers, where state • private investment Timely funding of infrastructure is infrastructure is provided. • public private partnerships required to ensure orderly development • developer contributions. that supports the preferred settlement 6.2.2 Funding and charging mechanisms pattern. Funding of regional infrastructure for infrastructure in the region Where the government is providing must address whole-of-life costs to are efficient, appropriate and major new infrastructure to facilitate ensure equity between current and transparent. development in the region, landowners future beneficiaries and users. Where and developers of new areas who stand appropriate, options for funding and to benefit significantly will be required delivery of these projects will be Aligned strategy to contribute to infrastructure provision evaluated through the Queensland through a state infrastructure agreement 6.2.A Funding and charging policies for Government’s value for money framework. or contribute works or land in lieu. infrastructure services in the region This framework promotes innovation are efficient, appropriate and and ensures maximum effectiveness of transparent. planned investment.

Explanatory notes

The value for money framework was developed to provide the basis for the implementation of Queensland’s public private partnerships policy. It provides a comprehensive set of procedures by which to evaluate the full range of project delivery options for infrastructure and identifies the best value for money outcome for government and the community. The framework has been endorsed by the Queensland Government and applies to all infrastructure projects above $100 million over the life of the asset. Part E–Regional policies 107

6.3 Energy

FNQ is experiencing increasing demand for energy, driven by strong population and economic growth, major industrial development and changing lifestyles, including increased use of electrical appliances such as air conditioning. The two critical electricity issues facing the region are security of supply and the internal distribution of high voltage electricity. Long-term planning is essential to ensure that the region’s electricity needs can be met in an efficient, effective and environmentally acceptable manner and on a basis which gives greater guarantee of supply.

The Queensland Government is committed to ensuring that consumers have access to reliable, secure and competitively priced energy. At the same time, the government recognises the need to manage and reduce greenhouse gas emissions through cleaner energy production and enhanced energy efficiency to achieve a sustainable energy sector for the benefit of all Queenslanders.

Reducing greenhouse gas emissions from Queensland’s energy sector is a key energy policy focus. The government has introduced regulations and incentives that will ensure the state’s continued energy security, while balancing industry competitiveness and climate protection. The Australian Government confirmed in These measures do not include nuclear Land use policies 2008 that an emissions trading scheme power. In response to community concern, will commence in 2010. Emissions trading 6.3.1 Viable renewable energy source the government has legislated to prohibit is central to achieving the government’s generation, including sugar mill, the development of nuclear facilities in goal of reducing Australia’s greenhouse landfill, hydro, solar and wind Queensland. gas emissions by 60 per cent by 2050. farm generators, are recognised as acceptable land uses and The Queensland Government has supported for their contribution to determined that there is a need to set reducing greenhouse emissions. a target for greenhouse gas emission Objective reductions. In 2007 Australian Government • Sustainable energy generation, 6.3.2 Energy efficient principles are jurisdictions agreed that a national transmission and distribution capacity included in the design and emissions trading scheme would place is provided and maintained; using layout of new urban areas and Australia on a path towards achieving viable alternative energy sources where developments. a 60 per cent reduction in national practicable, to service existing and emissions by 2050, compared with 2000 future settlement patterns and meet 6.3.3 Demand management principles levels. the needs of a growing population and are implemented in the design and industry. construction of new development to improve energy efficiency and reduce energy demands. 108 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

6.3.4 Underground electricity is provided in new urban areas where appropriate.

Aligned strategies

6.3.A The reliability and security of electricity supply is enhanced to support regional growth.

6.3.B Reticulated gas is provided in major greenfield areas where appropriate.

6.3.C Redevelopment and infill sites connect to reticulated gas where available.

Explanatory notes

The majority of the region’s electricity supply is provided from Powerlink and is distributed by Ergon Energy. The primary supply consists of two major powerlines, Key elements of the Queensland Renewable energy plays an important one along the coastal plain from Ingham Government’s new Smart Energy Policy role in the state’s generation mix with and a second along the Tablelands (outlined in ClimateSmart 2050) to biomass (primarily bagasse or sugar through Ravenshoe and Mareeba. reduce greenhouse gas emissions through cane waste) the most commonly used cleaner, diversified generation include: renewable resource in Queensland. There are hydro-electric power stations Currently the state has the capacity to at Tully and Barron Gorge. Both of these • Queensland renewable energy fund generate approximately 400 megawatts facilities are used to supplement the • 10 per cent renewable and low of biomass-fired electricity. The use of supply from the state grid. Proposals emission target scheme by 2020 biomass as an energy source has added have been considered for development value to Queensland’s sugar industry. of a large hydroelectric scheme known • solar feed-in tariff Geothermal exploration permits have also as the Tully-Millstream to expand the • increase of the Queensland gas scheme been issued in FNQ region. region’s generation capacity. The future target from 13 per cent to 18 per cent. of this scheme is dependent on the long- Currently, renewable energy generation These new initiatives will stimulate term strategies adopted by government accounts for 3.2 per cent of Queensland’s investment in renewable energy and gas to meet state and regional electricity electricity generated each year. This fired power stations in Queensland to demands. The scheme is currently not includes both on- and off-grid electricity diversify the state’s energy generation in the government’s forward electricity generation. Under the 10 per cent mix, and provide support for households generation strategy. renewable and low-emissions target to install domestic solar power systems. scheme, electricity retailers will be The smart energy policies will build On 3 June 2007, the Queensland required to source 10 per cent of their on the outcomes already achieved by Government released its ClimateSmart annual energy sales from Queensland the Department of Mines and Energy 2050 strategy containing several new based renewable and low-emissions in reducing the state’s reliance on coal energy policy initiatives to assist generators by 2020. Queensland in meeting the Queensland based generation through: Government’s greenhouse gas emissions target. ClimateSmart 2050 positions • the Queensland 13 per cent gas scheme Queensland’s stationary energy sector to • investment in renewable energy invest in new technologies and maximise • geothermal energy legislation energy conservation in Queensland businesses and homes. • green energy consumer products. Part E–Regional policies 109

The government has invested in a number A major challenge for providing gas As it will not be practical or cost-effective of renewable energy generation assets in distribution networks in FNQ is the to install all of the proposed improvement FNQ, including: distance from natural gas supplies measures into existing buildings, new and the lack of infrastructure such as and renovated homes will have different • Barron Gorge hydro station pipelines. Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) is improvements to existing homes. The • Kareeya hydro station currently imported into the region. There improvements proposed are: is potential to diversify to Liquefied • Koombooloomba hydro generator Natural Gas (LNG) in FNQ over time. Require all new houses be built to a • Wind Hill wind farm. There are reticulated gas systems in 5-star (out of 10) energy equivalent some suburbs of Cairns and in Port rating, proposed from 1 January 2009 As a result of national competition Douglas. Reticulated gas should be reforms, the electricity industry in provided in major greenfield areas, and Investigate requiring all new units to Queensland operates as an open market. redevelopment and infill sites, where be built to a 5-star (out of 10) energy The government’s principal role in appropriate. equivalent rating this market is to ensure a supportive investment climate exists which In ClimateSmart 2050, the government Investigate providing better recognition encourages timely investment to meet commits to all its office buildings of outdoor–indoor living areas in emerging demands. being carbon neutral by 2020 and to Queensland’s building standards offset emissions from the vehicle fleet, The electricity generation sector is offsetting 50 per cent by 2010 and 100 Investigate developing a star rating for competitive, with substantial private per cent by 2020. building materials sector interest in providing future generating capacity. The government will The Queensland Government is proposing Investigate banning residential estate monitor investment activity to ensure a number of improvement measures covenants which restrict the use of energy there is adequate generation capacity for that will help make new and existing efficient design features and fixtures. the region as it grows. Queensland homes more energy and water efficient, and become more adaptable to people’s changing lifestyles. 110 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

The proposed improvement measures for 6.4.2 Future landfills and resource new and renovated homes will focus on 6.4 Waste recovery facilities are located in improving designs so that houses are geologically stable areas that constructed with inherent features that Urban growth will place pressure on local are not flood prone now or in will deliver sustainable outcomes for the governments to deal with the waste the future, or within or adjacent life of each building. Designers of new generated by an increasing population. to areas of high ecological homes will be encouraged to use more Local governments in the region are significance. environmentally sensitive features such as already actively seeking ways to manage better orientation of rooms, ceiling and waste more efficiently. Specific initiatives 6.4.3 Development assessment criteria wall insulation, natural ventilation, and include reviewing options to promote for commercial and multi-unit indoor–outdoor connections provided by reduction, re-use and recycling of wastes dwellings includes provision for decks and patios. It is also proposed to together with improved coordination space and access for waste bins, increase the required energy-and water- of waste management strategies. Local including recycling. efficiency ratings of fixtures such as light government amalgamation may result in bulbs, tap ware and toilets. further coordination of waste strategies. Aligned strategies For existing homes the improvement The proximity principle—fostering and measures will include phasing-out the encouraging local solutions for waste 6.4.A Waste generation is avoided in installation of electric hot water systems management and resource recovery—will the first instance. Where waste in gas reticulated areas from 1 January be encouraged where feasible. The focus generation cannot be avoided, 2010. It is also proposed that owners will be more on providing local facilities practices are implemented to of existing houses and units complete a rather than regional, such as transfer reuse, recycle or recover wastes sustainability declaration at point-of-sale stations. Recycling and other waste and materials prior to disposal. and point-of-lease (rent). The declaration recovery facilities may need to be regional will assist in raising Queenslanders’ to achieve economies of scale and for 6.4.B Waste disposal to landfill is awareness of the benefits of sustainable proximity to transport infrastructure. minimised through applying waste housing features. Landfill facilities should also be regional recovery techniques which gain but these are the least preferred method optimum recovery of reusable and From 1 March 2006, changes to the on the waste hierarchy. recyclable materials. Sustainable Building Queensland Development Code required new houses The preferred location for any future 6.4.C Waste is recognised as a resource to be more sustainable, ensuring they use landfill facilities is the western side of and diversion of wastes for further energy more efficiently. This is anticipated the Great Dividing Range, removed from processing, reuse and recycling is to result in new houses using 33 per cent the Wet Tropics, the coastline and Great facilitated. less electricity. As part of these laws, all Barrier Reef. Any future landfills should be new houses are required to have energy located in geologically stable areas that 6.4.D Pollution of waterways and the efficient lighting in at least 40 per cent of are not flood prone or adjacent to areas reef is reduced through storm the house and greenhouse efficient hot of high ecological significance (see map 3 water quality improvement water systems such as solar, heat pump and section 1.1). devices and litter prevention and or gas hot water. management (see section 7.1).

In 2006, the government committed Objective 6.4.E The proximity principle is adopted to mandating a blend of five per by fostering and encouraging local cent ethanol in all petrol produced in • Manage solid waste in the region solutions for waste management Queensland by 2010. This mandate to minimise adverse impacts on the and resource recovery, while supports the government’s $7.3 million environment and the community recognising that some facilities Queensland Ethanol Industry Action and promote sustainable waste need to be regional to achieve Plan 2005-2007 (Department of State management practices. economies of scale and be close Development and Innovation, 2005) to transport infrastructure. to develop Queensland’s ethanol Land use policies 6.4.F Best practice waste pricing is industry and future. This initiative will adopted balancing the true reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 6.4.1 An integrated and coordinated cost of waste management and approximately 500 000 tonnes each year. network for sustainable waste encouraging waste reduction, management and resource recovery reuse, and recovery. is adopted across the region to achieve greater resource use efficiencies and effectiveness, and better environmental, social and economic outcomes. Part E–Regional policies 111

• the user-pays principle—all costs associated with the use of a resource should, where possible, be included in the price of goods and services developed from that resource • the product-stewardship principle—the producer or importer of a product should take all reasonable steps to minimise environmental harm from the production, use and disposal of the product. These principles and the waste management hierarchy provide a basis for waste management programs that may be required as a condition of approval for an environmentally relevant activity for industry, for voluntary industry waste reduction programs and for state and local government waste management strategic plans.

The State of Waste and Recycling in Queensland 2006 report gives a high Explanatory notes The Environmental Protection (Waste level overview of current rates of waste Management) Policy 2000 and the generation, recycling and waste sent to The expanding population in FNQ results Environmental Protection (Waste landfill. The report shows approximately in more waste being produced each year. Management) Regulation 2000 clarify 85 per cent of 87 000 households have Finding ways to curb waste production waste management practices in access to kerbside recycling. Tablelands, and make better use of finite and Queensland and provide improved Cassowary Coast and Cairns regional precious resources is a key issue for the environmental outcomes. Developed councils provide kerbside recycling future sustainability of the region. in conjunction with local government to varying degrees. Council size and and industry, the legislation benefits remoteness currently have a significant Some of the challenges for FNQ are: Queensland communities through safer bearing on councils’ ability to provide this disposal practices and cost savings from service. • the appropriate location of waste and improved planning and management of resource recovery infrastructure waste services. As part of a regional waste initiative • the need to stimulate investment in organic waste is being transported and new resource recovery infrastructure The policy provides a preferred waste processed in Cairns at the Bedminster management hierarchy and principles bioconversion plant. Collected recyclable • improving resource recovery from for achieving good waste management. materials from Cairns Regional Council households, businesses and building The waste management hierarchy moves are sorted into different products at a construction from the most preferred to least preferred materials recycle facility in Cairns for • how to maximise transport efficiency in method: processing and reuse. the waste industry • waste avoidance • finding ways to reduce greenhouse gas Solid waste disposal facilities in the emissions from landfills and throughout • waste reuse region are both local government product lifecycles and privately owned. Existing waste • waste recycling management infrastructure in the region • educating consumers about purchasing • energy recovery from waste comprises of an estimated 17 operating choices and consumption landfills, 29 waste transfer stations and • waste disposal. The EPA will develop a new waste one material recycle facility in Cairns. management strategy to tackle these The principles for achieving good waste Springmount waste management (landfill) issues and provide a clear direction for a management include: facility near Mareeba has 140 hectares more sustainable future. of land and is expected to last 50 years. • the polluter-pays principle—all costs Springmount has the potential to produce associated with waste management green electricity from the landfill gas. should, where possible, be worn by the waste generator 112 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

6.5.C Opportunities for Guarantee funding program of $270.7 6.5 Information telecommunications is considered million over four years provides the basis communication when installing public utility for this improvement. networks such as underground technology electricity and water. The Regional Telecommunications Independent Review Committee presented Communications play a critical role in its report, Framework for the Future, economic development, education and Explanatory notes to the Australian Government on 5 the health and wellbeing of communities, September 2008. particularly those located in remote areas. In recent years, the ICT policy environment has been progressively deregulated. The Queensland Government has instituted Improved information communication While a more competitive marketplace for improvements in the telecommunications technology (ICT) services are needed if infrastructure has developed, the incumbent infrastructure in Queensland through residents of FNQ are to optimise global infrastructure provider is still the main initiatives such as the Reef Network, communication opportunities. supplier of the last mile—the connection SmartNet and Northern.net. to the individual or end user, mainly using The Australian Government has principal existing copper wire connections. The Reef Network delivers high speed responsibility for the policy and regulatory communications to Queensland’s coastal environment of the telecommunications There is duplicated access to advanced region through underground fibre optic industry. State and local governments fibre optic telecommunications in many cable running under the 1820 kilometres are constrained in the range of actions metropolitan areas, but gaps in most rail corridor between Brisbane and Cairns. available to them to influence investment outlying and more remote areas. The The network has significantly reduced in telecommunications infrastructure. The optimal technology to provide the next the costs of high speed communications regional plan has a limited role in this generation broadband is still considered to Queenslanders living in the coastal regard. to be fibre optical cable, but other regions. technologies such as Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) and wireless Through the SmartNet procurement Objective technology will also be used in particular process, individual agreements have situations to satisfy demand, particularly been reached between the Queensland • Provide affordable access to in multistorey buildings, and outlying and Government and ICT providers. These reliable and robust high speed remote areas. agreements provide for: telecommunication throughout the FNQ region to ensure access to markets, At present in Queensland, there are • installation of fibre optic cable into the information and services. differing processes applied by state CBD areas of Cairns and business grade and local governments when assessing broadband infrastructure into 30 towns approvals for telecommunications across Queensland Land use policies infrastructure. State and local • an alternative high capacity rural governments are working together to 6.5.1 Planning schemes include code broadband network. review this, with the aim of providing provisions that seek to improve a consistent approach to infrastructure Northern.net, a joint Australian and connection to the digital network approvals across the State. Queensland Government project, has in new residential subdivision extended broadband into regional areas and commercial and multi- Broadband services are an indispensable in North Queensland, resulting in 28 small unit development in the urban component of business growth and towns now being able to access residential footprint. efficiency in modern economies as well grade (and in many cases business grade) as being a powerful enabling technology broadband for the first time. Towns in Far for the ICT industry and an important ICT North Queensland provided with broadband Aligned strategies industry sector in their own right. through Northern.net include Babinda, Cardwell, Chillagoe, Dimbulah, Herberton, 6.5.A Access to reliable and robust In March 2008, the Australian Government Millaa Millaa, Mossman, and Yarrabah. high speed telecommunications is recognised the need for broadband facilitated throughout FNQ. through its commitment to a National Broadband Network costing $4.7 billion 6.5.B Early provision of conduits or and servicing 98 per cent of the homes optic fibre in new developments, and businesses across Australia. The multi-tenanted buildings and major Australian Government indicated that infrastructure projects is considered the remaining 2 per cent are to have to reduce time delays and the cost improved broadband services over of providing telecommunications five years. The Australian Broadband infrastructure and services. Part E–Regional policies 113

7. Water management

Desired regional outcome Water for the region is safe, reliable and adequate for community needs and water quality meets human use and environmental requirements through the ecologically sustainable development of the region’s water resources.

Water is a precious and limited resource Based on current demand projections, necessary for life. Climate variability, the region will need more potable climate change and other risks highlight water by 2031 to meet future urban the need to diversify water sources. The and rural growth. Demand for water sustainable management of the water is increasing as a result of population cycle is crucial to the ecological health growth, increased economic activity and of the region. The region’s waterways the expansion of irrigation areas. Urban support a wide range of natural demands are likely to increase primarily ecosystems including World Heritage in the northern beaches of Cairns and areas. In addition water is necessary for the southern corridor between Cairns and urban development, irrigation, power Gordonvale. Increases are also expected generation, recreation, and cultural and in the northern Tablelands, Atherton, Port social activities. The ongoing need for Douglas and Mission Beach. water must be balanced with the needs of the environment. Further, residents will Urban centres must apply demand need to adapt to climate variability. management initiatives to reduce pressure on the region’s water resources. It is also important for water efficiency gains to continue to be sustained by the rural sector. The region’s water catchments are shown in map 14. 114 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

7.1 Protection of waterways, wetlands and water quality

Far North Queensland is renowned for its waterways and wetlands, and has many unique and highly valued environmental, natural, ecological and recreationally important catchments. Some of these catchments receive the highest rainfall levels in Australia, and the waterways can have significant water flows, particularly during the wet season and tropical cyclones. They can contain high levels of biodiversity, provide water purification, flood mitigation, rural and urban water supplies, extractive resources and electricity generation, attract nature-based tourism, and contain significant cultural heritage values. Often they provide the only natural feature in urbanised areas and provide recreational opportunities, scenic amenity, and a sense of place that are highly valued by residents.

Land use changes and developments in catchments have resulted in significant impacts on the physical condition of the region’s waterways and wetlands. Urbanisation of catchments generally Maintaining water quality is critical to results in increased run-off, with related Objective the ecological health of the region’s erosion, channel widening, filling waters, including the Great Barrier • Protect and improve the physical in of wetlands and flooding. Many Reef lagoon. Vegetated areas along condition, ecological health, urban waterways have been cleared of waterways and wetlands play a vital role environmental values and water quality native vegetation, diverted, converted in filtering sediment and nutrient run-off, of surface water and groundwater to concrete drains, or replaced with maintaining water quality. It is therefore systems, including waterways, stormwater pipes. Natural drainage important that vegetation clearing and wetlands, estuaries and waters of the systems and wetlands that have been development in such areas is avoided, Great Barrier Reef lagoon. replaced with artificial ones have far and where possible, these areas should fewer of the desirable values. be rehabilitated. Wherever practical, Land use policies Declining urban stormwater water quality, development needs to be set back from together with point sources of waste waterways and wetlands. 7.1.1 Development is planned, designed, water, are a significant threat to water constructed and managed in The focus of the following policies is quality in and from urban centres. Rural accordance with best practice on protecting and restoring the region’s activities and vegetation clearing can environmental management to water quality and the physical condition also contribute nutrients, sediments and protect environmental values and of waterways and wetlands. Nonetheless, other pollutants affecting riverine, estuary, meet water quality objectives implementation of these policies will wetland and coastal water quality. of the Environmental Protection also provide significant benefits to other Lowering of water tables can result in Policy (Water) 1997 (EPP Water) waterway and wetland values, including acid sulfate soil exposure. for regional surface water, biodiversity, ecological values, wildlife groundwater and wetlands. corridors, open space and amenity in urban areas, and will also support policies to reduce the risk of flooding and the impacts of natural disasters. Part E–Regional policies 115

7.1.2 Areas with high probability of Aligned strategies EPP Water and SPP 2/02 acid sulfate soils are identified The Environmental Protection (Water) in local government planning 7.1.A Point source release of waste Policy 1997 (EPP Water) describes the schemes, and planning provisions water or contaminants to waters is community and government endorsed and development complies with addressed using the management environmental values, and water quality requirements and management hierarchy under the EPP Water, to objectives to be achieved to protect measures in the State Planning protect or enhance environmental and enhance these values. This requires Policy 2/02 Planning and values and meet the water quality managing the water quality discharged Managing Development Involving objectives of receiving waters. by urban point sources of waste water, Acid Sulfate Soils (SPP 2/02). 7.1.B Urban stormwater is managed as well as urban diffuse and rural diffuse stormwater sources. Environmental 7.1.3 Urban development, other than for within a total water cycle values and water quality objectives are required community infrastructure, management framework that not only important for consideration in is set back from wetlands through includes enhanced recycling, the assessment of potentially polluting the adoption of appropriate buffer water sensitive urban design in activities under the Environmental zones, to maintain water quality development, use of stormwater Protection Act 1994 but should also and ecological functions and for water supply and avoiding be taken into account in development services of wetlands. or minimising contaminated stormwater release to receiving assessment, planning, works and 7.1.4 Urban development, other waters (see section 7.2). community actions not assessed by the than for required community EPA. A complementary State Planning infrastructure, is set back from 7.1.C Environmental values and the Policy (Water Quality) is in preparation. waterways through the adoption achievement of water quality The Queensland Best Practice of appropriate buffer zones, objectives are monitored to assess Environmental Management Guideline to maintain water quality and the health of waterways and the – Urban Stormwater (EPA, 2008d) ecological functions and services effectiveness of management demonstrates how development and its of waterways. actions. construction can achieve best practice 7.1.5 In certain waterway areas 7.1.D Voluntary restoration of vegetation environmental management. This urban development, other in waterway envelopes is guideline replaces a number of guidelines than for required community encouraged especially where including the Stormwater Quality Control infrastructure, is set back from it addresses strategic regional Guidelines for Local Government 1998, waterways through the adoption priorities. and the Model Urban Stormwater Quality of appropriate waterway envelopes Management Plans and Guideline 2001. rather than by buffer zones, Local governments should identify areas to maintain water quality and Explanatory notes with high probability of acid sulfate ecological functions and services soils in their planning scheme; ensure of waterways. The land use policies in this section apply to planning scheme reviews, developments to which State Planning 7.1.6 Planning schemes, related master planning, community infrastructure Policy 2/02: Planning and Managing policies and planning instruments designations and subsequent Development Involving Acid Sulfate identify and protect appropriate development assessment under IPA Soils (Department of Natural Resources waterway envelopes and waterway that may impact on wetlands and/or and Mines, 2002) applies is assessable or wetland buffer zones, and waterways. The land use policies apply against the planning scheme; and ensure development decisions ensure new to development proposals in all regional the planning scheme includes a code urban development, other than for land use categories. To clarify, the land consistent with section 5 of the SPP. required community infrastructure, use policies on wetland or waterway is located to avoid waterway buffer zones or on waterway envelopes envelopes and buffer zones. do not apply to existing agricultural activities. 7.1.7 Where required community infrastructure is located in a waterway envelope or buffer zone, its impact on the waterway or wetland is minimised in extent by co-locating such infrastructure wherever practicable. 116 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Wetland Buffers Assessment methodologies, together with • 50 metres of each high bank of a design and operation of development waterway of stream order five or A wetland buffer has two components: may be used to determine appropriate greater wetland buffers. However, in the absence • a support area adjacent to the wetland Guidance on determining appropriate of detailed local assessment the which maintains and supports the wetland buffers is provided in the FNQ suggested minimum wetland buffers from environmental values of the wetland. Waterway Guideline. a wetland are: • a separation area around the support area which protects the wetland from • 200 metres from a wetland of high Waterway envelopes external threats. ecological significance (see map 3) The Department of Natural Resources and Water (NRW) will determine and Examples of the role of the support area • 100 metres from a wetland of general map waterway envelopes for the major include: ecological significance (see map 3) or drainage paths within new urban areas each high bank of an estuary channel. • maintaining hydrological processes whenever planning schemes are made or (connectivity, hydrological regimes) Waterway buffers reviewed and when Master Planned Area Structure Plans are prepared. The width of • supporting biodiversity by providing Assessment methodologies, together with the mapped envelope will be determined habitat for semi-aquatic wetland design and operation of development for a particular reach of waterway based dependent species may be used to determine appropriate on allowances for future waterway bank setbacks. However, in the absence of • allowing for wetland migration due to, erosion; for potential waterway widening detailed local assessment the suggested e.g. erosion or sea level change should the upstream catchment becomes minimum setbacks from a waterway or urbanised; for potential waterway • adding to the aesthetic qualities of a water body are: wetland migration over time; and for overland flow • 100 metres of each high bank of a interception (to protect water quality). • providing roost sites for water birds waterway with high intact riparian • shading fish habitats biodiversity • maintaining bank stability and condition. Figure 9: Wetland buffers Source: Queensland Wetlands Programme (EPA, 2003c). The separation distance role includes: • trapping and filtering sediments of surface runoff traveling to the wetland from surrounding land • providing a physical barrier to herbicide and pesticide spray drift from adjacent crop dusting activities and • providing an attractive visual barrier to other adjacent land uses. Part E–Regional policies 117

Figure 10: Features that comprise a waterway envelope • Cardwell-Hinchinbrook Regional Coastal Management Plan 2003 and Waterway envelope Wet tropical Coast Regional Coastal Management Plan 2003, which provide Waterway assessment criteria for development within 100 metres of a wetland • requirements and guidelines made under the Water Act 2000, including bank full flow Top of land and water management Top of high high plan requirements, drainage and bank bank embankment requirements, Declared low flow Catchment Areas, and Riverine Protection Permit requirements • Regional Vegetation Management Code: Coastal Bioregion which provides criteria for assessable vegetation The area within a wetland or waterway Where required community infrastructure clearing in proximity to wetlands and buffer zone or a waterway envelope can needs to be located in the waterway watercourses. have values for biodiversity, ecological envelope or wetland or waterway buffer values, wildlife corridors, open space, zone, it should be minimised in extent • Sustaining the Wet Tropics: a Regional amenity and flood management. Where by co-locating such infrastructure where Plan for Natural Resource Management planning schemes identify and protect practicable, such as attaching pipelines 2004-2008. a buffer zone, and all or part of the and cables to bridges (refer also to Water quality improvement plans area is also mapped as high ecological sections 6.1 and 8.1). prepared under the natural resource significance or general ecological management plan for FNQ will assist in significance (see map 3), the relevant The policy does not affect the underlying achieving the desired regional outcomes policies in section 1.1 should also be tenure of land within waterway envelopes for the regional plan. These plans have reflected in the planning scheme for the and wetland or waterway buffer zones. been prepared for the previous Douglas overlap area. However, where the envelopes and Shire and the Tully River, and are in wetland or waterway buffers are over preparation for the Barron River and public lands, it is possible that the local Development in waterway Trinity Inlet. It is intended to prepare government might wish to utilise these envelopes and wetland or water quality improvement plans for the areas for passive outdoor recreation. Russell, Mulgrave, Johnstone, and Herbert waterway buffer zones Development for such recreation would Rivers in 2009. Land uses and development that is be permitted where it is related to the generally appropriate in waterway public’s enjoyment of the waterway or The Queensland Water Quality Guidelines envelopes and wetland or waterway wetland and there would be no adverse (EPA, 2006b) are technical guidelines for buffer zones are conservation, open impact upon their physical processes the protection of aquatic ecosystems. space, and required community and ecological values. Examples include They complement the National Water infrastructure for which no suitable walking and cycling paths that contribute Quality Strategy and include locally and alternative exists. to a sense of community and place (refer regionally relevant water quality data for to sections 3.5, 8.1 and 8.2). fresh, estuarine and marine waters. Clearing of native vegetation within waterway envelopes and wetland or The FNQ Waterway Guideline provides Under the Water Act 2000, NRW is waterway buffer zones—including clearing guidance on assessing required progressively preparing water resource that is assessable development—should community infrastructure that may occur plans on a catchment basis. These occur only for required infrastructure, within waterway envelopes and buffer plans determine bulk water allocations for which no suitable alternative exists. zones. between various water uses, including Existing disturbed areas within waterway for environmental flows, to ensure the As well as the EPP Water and SPP 2/02, envelopes and wetland and waterway availability of water and water quality for there are a number of government buffers should be revegetated to offset water-dependant ecosystems to sustain instruments relevant to IPA Regional vegetation losses caused by development ecological processes and environmental Planning, aimed at the ecologically in these areas. This could include a values. combination of native woody vegetation sustainable management of water, and a grass filter strip. waterways and wetlands. These include: 118 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

The Reef Water Quality Protection To assist local governments achieve Landholders and community groups make Plan 2003 is a joint initiative of the waterway health outcomes the state an invaluable contribution to waterway Queensland and Australian Governments. government may provide financial restoration across the region. The draft The goal of the plan is to halt and assistance. Funding for the Water and Wetland Management Handbook: A reverse the decline in water quality Sewerage Program (WASP) is subject to Guide to Managing Wetlands in Intensive entering the Great Barrier Reef lagoon the general conditions of funding under Agriculture with Farm Management within 10 years. The plan focuses on guidelines issued by the Department of System (DPI&F, 2008) and SmartCane ways to improve water quality through Local Government, Sport and Recreation. Riparian and Wetland Areas on Cane improved farming and grazing practices, Farms: SmartCane Best Management to reduce diffuse sediments and nutrients Through the Queensland Wetlands Practice Booklet (Smith, 2008) and from entering the reef waterways. Programme wetland mapping has been various integrated catchment management conducted for the study area and plans provide further guidance in this Under the State Coastal Management is available in a number of formats regard. Voluntary restoration of waterways Plan (EPA, 2001a), local governments are including online through WetlandInfo can have multiple benefits, including to implement best practice environmental website. In addition multiple wetland the creation of strong and resilient management for all waste water treatment management tools are also available communities within the region. plants by 2010. through WetlandInfo. Targets Local governments are also to achieve Technical guidance on the provisions of a goal of 100 per cent beneficial reuse water supply, sewerage and stormwater • By 2010, local governments use best of average dry weather flows of treated management services is provided in practice environmental management water reclaimed from waste water various state government guidelines to prepare and implement urban treatment plants by 2018. Industry, including: stormwater management plans for all community groups and governmental urban centres with populations greater agencies all have activities underway to • Total Management Planning Guidelines than 10 000, or with populations improve the quality of water flowing into greater than 5,000 if located within 10 • Water Supply and Sewerage Planning kilometres of tidal waters. the Great Barrier Reef lagoon. Guidelines • By 2018, local governments achieve a The catchments of the Staaten River and • Queensland Water Recycling Guidelines goal of 100 per cent beneficial reuse of Hinchinbrook Island have been declared • Queensland Water Recycling Strategy average dry weather flows of treated wild rivers under the Wild Rivers Act water reclaimed from waste water • Queensland Urban Drainage Manual. 2005, in recognition that they have been treatment plants. almost untouched by development and Revegetation are therefore in near natural condition, Revegetating waterway envelopes and with almost all of their natural values wetland or waterway buffer zones is intact. They are important because they desirable, especially where it provides help sustain healthy ecosystems for native opportunities for addressing regional plants and animals; support sustainable rehabilitation priorities in the strategic economic activities, such as grazing, rehabilitation areas shown on map 3. fishing and eco-tourism; and provide Revegetating waterway envelopes and unique opportunities for recreation and wetland or waterway buffer zones is also tourism. Water allocations, mining and supported by Water Quality Improvement certain developments under IPA, such as Plans. The Queensland Government’s agriculture, animal husbandry and material objective under the Strategy for the change of use are restricted in such areas, Conservation and Management of and developments in these areas must Queensland’s Wetlands (EPA, 1999) is comply with the Wild Rivers Code. to avoid further loss or degradation of natural waterways and other wetlands unless overriding public interest can be shown. Part E–Regional policies 119

7.2 Total water cycle management

Total water cycle management recognises the finite limit to the region’s water resources and the inter-relationships between the uses of water and its role in the natural environment.

Key principles of total water cycle management include:

• consideration of all water sources including groundwater, surface water, wastewater, sea water and stormwater • using all water sources sustainably • allocating and using water equitably • integrating water use and natural water processes, including maintaining environmental flows and water quality. The government is currently developing a recycled water regulatory framework to ensure a consistent and robust approach is applied to water recycling schemes across the state. The key objectives of the framework are to protect public health and ensure water recycling infrastructure continues to operate, particularly where a recycled water scheme is critical to a community’s urban water supply.

Local government subsidies for water and sewerage infrastructure are provided by the Queensland Government through the water and sewerage program. Projects Objective Aligned strategies that reduce consumption or water • Water is acknowledged as a valuable 7.2.A Water planning in FNQ is based on losses or improve sewerage treatment and finite regional resource that needs the principles of total water cycle and disposal are eligible for subsidy to be managed on a total water cycle management and considers the under this scheme. The environment basis, balancing the uses of water and impacts of climate change. infrastructure program, commencing in its role in the environment. 2008, will provide subsidies for a wider 7.2.B Improved catchment management range of projects, including stormwater, to maintain water quality and the flooding and erosion control. Local Land use policies health of the Great Barrier Reef is government is required to adopt total achieved in accordance with the water cycle management principles, 7.2.1 Best practice principles are Reef Water Quality Protection Plan minimise water losses and adopt water adopted in the planning, design 2003. consumption targets in order to qualify and construction of water cycle infrastructure (including water for subsidies. 7.2.C Best practice environmental supply, sewerage, stormwater management principles are drainage and water quality). adopted in the planning, design and operation of sewage and wastewater collection, transport, treatment, disposal and reuse. 120 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Explanatory notes 7.3 Water planning Aligned strategies The Queensland Government’s strategic 7.3.A The water planning process is priorities for water in the region are to: The National Water Initiative Agreement, open, transparent and equitable signed in June 2004, commits Queensland and ensures water is managed in • ensure more efficient management and to work with the Australian Government an ecologically sustainable way use of water and other states and territories to whilst achieving the best use of • increase the supply of water to progress national water reforms. In order available water supplies. accommodate growth in the region to provide for sustainable management and efficient use of water resources 7.3.B Efficient and cost effective regional • diversify water supplies to manage implementation of water reforms by water supply infrastructure is climate variability, climate change and state and local government has been provided to maintain or enhance other supply risks underway in FNQ for a number of years. reliability and levels of service • ensure policy frameworks and subsidies The Queensland Government is currently while ensuring maintenance of support total water cycle management preparing water resource plans across the environmental and social values of state to determine bulk water allocations source streams and aquifers. • review institutional arrangements between various water uses, including to ensure efficient, sustainable and environmental flows. 7.3.C Climate change considerations and equitable coordinated regional water new projections are integrated planning and the delivery of bulk water into: supply and treatment services. Objectives Urban and rural residential water cycle a) decisions about water infrastructure (including water supply, • Water in the region is sustainably infrastructure sewerage, drainage and water quality) managed to provide for the allocation must be planned for in a priority and use of water for the physical, b) water-quality management of infrastructure plan and charged for economic and social well being of the dams and reservoirs under an infrastructure charges schedule. people of Far North Queensland and for Desired standards of service for each the environment. c) water-quality improvement programs network must be set. • Security of supply is increased and overall system costs minimised by The FNQ Regional Organisation of d) assessment of flood risk in planning and coordinating regional Councils development manual sets out urban and infrastructure planning water supplies. procedures and requirements that are 7.3.D Water supply sources are consistent with IPA and its supporting diversified to reduce dependence legislation. They represent best practice Land use policies on vulnerable supplies. in accordance with accepted current state and national standards for design and 7.3.1 New development and its 7.3.E New water supply infrastructure construction. sequencing is consistent with projected water supply must be reflected in water resource plans and operated in accordance Reticulated sewerage infrastructure is development scenarios in the FNQ with the resource operations generally provided only in major urban regional water supply strategy. plan; therefore these plans centres. Proposals are currently being provide the primary constraints considered to provide sewerage services to 7.3.2 Development occurs in locations and opportunities for land use a number of smaller towns, however, most that have sufficient available water development. villages and rural residential developments as determined by the applicable rely on onsite disposal systems such Water Resource Plan and Resource as septic tanks. The region’s reticulated Operations Plan. sewerage systems all provide at least secondary level of treatment, with treated 7.3.3 Land for potential significant effluent generally being discharged to local water resource development, such waterways or coastal waters. as dams, weirs or agricultural irrigation, is identified and protected from urban development or incompatible uses. Part E–Regional policies 121

Explanatory notes Trading rules are set to provide for a water market—a mechanism to allow The FNQ Draft Regional Water Supply water to move to the highest value use— Strategy was released in September 2007. which in turn promotes efficient use of a The strategy identifies where there are scarce resource. The trading rules ensure potential water supply shortfalls in the that the movement of water occurs within long-term and opportunities and constraints sustainable bounds. The Hinchinbrook for new or augmented supply sources. In Wild River Declaration 2007 includes particular, climate change creates risks for rules for the allocation and management yield and the reliability of water supplies of water and water related development in the region. Map 15 identifies key water on Hinchinbrook Island. The Staaten Wild resources in the region. River Declaration 2007 includes rules for the management of water related Water resource plans are either in place development. or being developed for all catchments in the FNQ area. These plans determine the volume of water available for water users after environmental flows have been provided to ensure protection of water dependant ecosystems.

A water resource plan for the Barron Basin was developed in 2002 and a Barron Resource Operations Plan in 2005. These planning documents provide a balance between environmental needs and human consumption in the short term. The operations plan sets out the rules and requirements that guide the day-to-day management of stream flows and water infrastructure to achieve the Water Resource (Barron) Plan 2002 objectives.

A water resource plan has also been developed for the Mitchell River, which covers part of the former Mareeba Shire. It is anticipated that water resource planning will commence in the Wet Tropics area in 2008–2009.

The resource operations plan sets up a process for granting new water entitlements, and in some areas establishes rules for trading water allocations, which is a mechanism to allow water to move to the highest value use. This promotes efficient use of water as a scarce resource. In addition, a resource operations plan provides enhanced certainty and security for human consumptive water use and for the environment. 122 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Explanatory notes

The FNQ regional water supply strategy recommends that urban centres within the strategy area undertake end use analysis and develop and implement demand management programs. The development of residential water consumption targets are part of the implementation of the strategy. The draft strategy applied a target of 10 per cent reduction in per capita water usage over three years to forecasts for all urban centres. The Cairns City Council’s Water Demand Management Strategy also contains a number of demand management initiatives.

The timing for additional sources of water could be extended if effective demand management measures are 7.4 Water demand Aligned strategies embraced across the region. This relates to how efficiently the community uses 7.4.A The sustainable allocation and management and manages its water resources. New best use of water is achieved by: infrastructure needs to include demand A key challenge in planning for future a) facilitating the highest value management principles (including urban growth is ensuring efficient use of and best use of water through metering and water efficient devices) our precious water supplies and reducing trading existing water entitlements to reduce consumption. Existing water consumption through improved infrastructure also needs to be adequately management of our demand for water. b) promoting efficient use of water, maintained to minimise water loss. Numerous strategies are underway to for example, by improving demand These measures can delay the need for improve water use efficiency in urban and management and reusing and additional water infrastructure. rural areas. recycling water. Following the review of the Local 7.4.B Water use efficiency is promoted Governing Bodies Capital Works Subsidy Objective by encouraging water efficient Scheme, subsidies for traditional and technologies and practices. alternative sources of supply, pressure • Incorporate demand management and leakage management, and measures in planning and building standards 7.4.C Ensure all urban water providers to reduce water consumption will be to manage consumer behaviour and adopt minimum residential water linked to their cost effectiveness. The demand for water. consumption targets identified Water Act 2000 requires water service when implementing the FNQ providers to develop and implement leakage management plans. Land use policy regional water supply strategy. Subsidies to promote the widespread 7.4.1 Demand management principles 7.4.D Initiatives to improve water take up of water efficient devices, water are adopted in the planning, efficiency in the rural sector are recycling and use of fit-for-purpose design and construction of water promoted. water by business are available through cycle infrastructure, including water the government programs ecoBiz and supply sewerage and drainage. 7.4.E Industrial and commercial developments are encouraged to Statewide Business Water Efficiency meet best practice approaches in Program. The government is also working minimising water use and using to reduce commercial and industrial water water efficiently. use and is developing water consumption targets for high-rise buildings. The 7.4.F Best practice water pricing is government’s Water Smart Buildings adopted, based on a structure that program promotes water efficient reflects the true cost of water and practices in state buildings and across encourages more efficient use. state programs. Part E–Regional policies 123

Building Codes Queensland has introduced a mandatory sustainable building part in the Queensland Development Code that requires the installation of 3-star rated or AAA rated shower heads, dual flush toilets and pressure-limiting devices in new houses. Mandatory water savings targets applied across the state from 1 July 2007 to applications lodged for construction of new houses.

Queensland’s WaterWise program will continue to provide education materials for schools, community groups and the general public on water efficiency. The Home and Garden WaterWise Rebate Scheme provides rebates to householders across the state from July 2006 to June 2009.

To support better water efficiency, the 7.5 Water supply Objective Queensland Government is also: • Assured supplies of water are provided More efficient management of existing to meet the needs of growth and • implementing the Rural Water Use water supplies and identification of new development in the region. Efficiency Program to assist farmers in supplies are required to provide for the introducing water efficiency practices to projected increase in population by 2031. their farms Land use policies • preparing guidelines to assist local The FNQ regional water supply strategy 7.5.1 Future catchment and storage governments in providing water identifies the government’s investment areas as indicated in the FNQ consumption information on consumer priorities for additional water supplies, regional water supply strategy are water bills including investigating new dams and identified and protected through weirs, and supporting water recycling and • requiring water service providers to land use planning. alternative water sources. issue water use information to tenants of residential rental properties to 7.5.2 Opportunities for water harvesting The strategy recommends an appropriate enable greater water consumption and storage on site are supported balance of water supplies to meet awareness in new urban development. regional demands, taking into account • developing standards and guidelines likely yields, costs of supply and supply for usage based residential water tariffs risks for each source. One of the and pricing recycled water constraints in providing for future water Aligned strategies • developing guidelines for the supply is the high environmental value of 7.5.A The impact of drought, climate formulation of outdoor water much of the region. Substantial areas of change and other supply risks are conservation plans which will be water catchment are protected by national minimised by diversifying water required of water service providers park tenure and World Heritage listing, supply sources. and the impact of water storage or water • undertaking the Queensland extraction on these values needs to be 7.5.B New and upgraded existing dams Government’s responsibilities for carefully considered. and weirs are developed as part of the ongoing implementation of and an integrated water supply system expanding the Water Efficiency Labelling Opportunities to maximise the use of where appropriate. Standards Scheme for domestic existing water supplies are being fully appliances explored. 7.5.C Recycled water and stormwater are • investigating how local government can used as alternatives to potable equitably share the cost of meeting water where appropriate and on a water consumption targets amongst fit-for-purpose basis. water consumers. 124 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

7.5.D Greywater reuse is provided for in There is potential to develop additional The Plumbing and Drainage Act 2002 and sewered areas, having regard to and alternative water sources in the the Queensland Plumbing and Wastewater the protection of water quality and region through the construction of Code complements the government’s public health. new dams, raised dams, stormwater commitment to water savings through harvesting (including rainwater tanks), the implementation of a wide range of 7.5.E Desalination is used as an wastewater reuse, reuse of irrigation measures including sub-meters, expanded alternative water supply source runoff or desalination. Establishing new use of treated greywater and blackwater where appropriate (for example, dams is a very expensive and lengthy re-use trials. Desalination technology is where it is cost effective and in process, and is not without environmental improving and may become economically the public interest). and social costs. There are only a few and ecologically viable in the future. suitable locations in FNQ for new dams. 7.5.F Groundwater aquifers are managed These potential sources, as indicated in The Water Act 2000 requires water on a sustainable and controlled table 7 and map 15, must be protected service providers to develop drought basis for water supply and storage. from inappropriate development. Map 16 management plans to ensure communities shows existing developed water resources are prepared for periods of drought. in FNQ. Explanatory notes Regional water service providers need The government is utilising existing water to gather common and consistent The Queensland Government is promoting supplies more efficiently and promoting information about water consumption and the utilisation of existing water supplies the use of recycled water (including dual wastewater management as part of their more efficiently, including the use of reticulation) in residential development regular reporting regimes. recycled water (including dual reticulation) and public spaces. in residential development and public spaces. The aim is to balance water Recycled water is already in use in the demands and supplies across the region. region by industry, agriculture and for irrigating open space areas. Expanding The FNQ regional water supply strategy the use of wastewater may reduce the seeks to ensure sustainable allocation need for potable water, potentially and best use of water is reached by delaying infrastructure upgrades. However, adopting a hierarchy of three key new infrastructure may be required for principles: this option.

• facilitating the highest value and best Stage one of the sustainable housing use of water through trading of existing policies made installation of rainwater water entitlements tanks in new houses and apartments • promoting efficient use of water mandatory in accordance with the (for example, by improving demand Queensland Development Code. Stage management and by reusing and two of this policy will review further recycling water) measures and consider extending this mandate to cover renovations, apartments • developing additional least cost water and other accommodation. supply sources where demands cannot be met through the above measures, and where unallocated water is available. Part E–Regional policies 125

Table 7: New and contingent supplies for further investigation

New and contingent water supply options—Far North Queensland

North Coast Daintree River intake Wonga bore field Whyanbeel Creek intake High Falls Creek intake Mossman River intakes Mossman River aquifer South Mossman River intake Mowbray River aquifer

Cairns area Northern beaches aquifer Barron River—Lake Placid extraction Mulgrave River aquifer Mulgrave River—run of river intakes

Tablelands Raising Tinaroo Falls Dam Off stream storage for Yungaburra Atherton Basalt aquifer—North Johnstone River Off stream storage from North Johnstone River Off stream storage for Ravenshoe supplies Accessing supplemented water from Tinaroo Falls dam Wild River supply options Raising Collins Weir Walsh River supply options Algoma Weir Hodgkinson formation Lake Mitchell

Non-site specific options Rainwater tanks Water recycling Greywater reuse Seawater desalination Purified recycled water Surface water harvesting through privately owned dams

Source: Far North Queensland draft Regional Water Supply Strategy 126 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

7.6 Rural water

Rural communities need reliable and safe water supplies to meet domestic needs and support a diversity of agricultural pursuits. Some rural communities are concerned that urban growth will create competition for water between rural and urban users.

Since 1999 water efficiency gains have been achieved through stage three of the rural water use efficiency initiative. Targets by industry groups vary from a modest commitment for a significant percentage of growers participating in best practice management programs through to a 15 per cent reduction in water usage.

It is anticipated that water resource planning will commence in the wet tropics area in 2008–2009. As stated earlier, the Barron Resource Operations Plan was finalised in 2005. Such plans will provide a sustainable framework for managing, taking and allocating water, including rural water use.

The FNQ regional water supply strategy includes a component to address rural water issues. These issues include the efficiency of water use, water management, on-farm management practices for recycled water and additional supplies of water for rural use. Objective Aligned strategies

Irrigation is primarily concentrated in • Ensure rural water needs are met in an 7.6.A Water resource management and the Barron River catchment, particularly efficient and sustainable way. allocation decisions incorporate in the Mareeba Dimbulah Water Supply consideration of rural water use Scheme. Alternative economic sources of requirements. water for rural use could link to irrigation Land use policy farming expansion in the future. The 7.6.B The efficiency of rural water use 7.6.1 The security and efficiency of water supply strategy identifies several is improved, particularly irrigation the water infrastructure network thousand hectares of land suitable for systems. irrigated agriculture. Existing and future for existing and future primary production areas is maintained and water resources, infrastructure and 7.6.C Planning for the efficient use of protected from incompatible land irrigation areas need to be protected from rural water accounts for the likely uses. encroachment. impacts of climate change.

7.6.D Alternative suitable sources of water for rural use are investigated and utilised where appropriate. Part E–Regional policies 127

8. Transport

Desired regional outcome Communities are connected through an integrated transport system that promotes tourism, public transport use, walking and cycling, provides safe, efficient and effective movement of goods and people, and facilitates access to places and services.

The quality of life for people living The region has an established arterial Greenhouse gas emissions, air and noise in FNQ relies on a transport system road system with external linkages to pollution, accidents, and congestion to connect the wider community with Cape York, the Gulf of Carpentaria and must be managed effectively to assure goods, services, employment and other southern areas of the state and country. future ecological sustainability for FNQ. people. Efficient and effective transport New roads, better road networks, and Rising fuel prices and climate change also is also essential for future economic improvements to existing roads are being present threats to meeting transport and development. The vitality of the region planned to ensure effective regional economic needs. Alternative transport relies on connections with other regions, connections. and fuel sources will become increasingly both domestic and international. important. Further development of the freight The Cairns International Airport provides system is important to support economic It is important to improve the viability international and domestic air services for development, particularly mining and and attractiveness of more sustainable the region and is integral to the tourism agriculture. Over time, an effective, transport modes in Far North Queensland. industry. It is Australia’s busiest regional integrated network of roads, railways, The Queensland Government has airport and the fifth busiest overall. Major sea ports and airports will support the introduced qconnect in Cairns and seaport facilities at Cairns and Mourilyan competitiveness of industry and business Innisfail to improve public transport Harbour also provide opportunities for and meet community needs. services. A network of cane rail and other freight and tourism. Cairns is home to corridors in Cairns could be used for Queensland’s only naval base, HMAS There are challenges facing transport. transit in the future. Walking and cycling Cairns. Increased vehicle travel means more networks will provide greater travel emissions, congestion and road accidents. choices as well as significant health and Freight and passenger rail services It is also a good indicator of demand environmental benefits. operate daily between Cairns and for road maintenance and upgrades. Brisbane. Rail facilities also exist between Modelling indicates that without land All levels of government will continue to Cairns and the Tablelands and currently use changes, and supporting policy have a role in managing and developing carry freight and tourists. The region intervention, FNQ’s total vehicle the FNQ transport system. also has an extensive network of cane kilometres travelled is projected to rail tracks throughout the coastal plain increase significantly beyond the servicing sugar mills. corresponding population increase of approximately 73 per cent. A compact urban form, greater self-containment, a network of transit oriented communities and aligned policy initiatives can significantly reduce demands on the transport network. 128 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

8.1.4 Subdivisions are planned so 8.1.12 Appropriate end-of-trip facilities, 8.1 Integrated the road and pathway network including bicycle parking, transport and land caters for walking and cycling showers and change rooms, are in all directions, and efficient incorporated into developments use planning public transport coverage, where that are likely to attract or available, is facilitated. generate significant numbers of While an important function of the bicycle trips, such as business regional plan is to define urban footprint 8.1.5 The staged provision of transport centres, workplaces, community areas, it should also influence the pattern infrastructure occurs in sequence facilities, educational facilities and of development within and outside with the preferred pattern of retail developments. these areas to ensure transport efficient development. land use patterns are produced. This outcome will significantly reduce the 8.1.6 Appropriate forms of transit Aligned strategies overall transport task and encourage oriented communities are more healthy and environmentally established in public transport 8.1.A The community’s access to friendly modes of transport such as nodes along transit corridors employment, education and walking, cycling and public transport. (as indicated on map 17) in services is improved while These outcomes reduce the community’s accordance with tables 8 and transport emissions are reduced. expenditure on transport infrastructure, 9 and in sequence with state transport services, vehicle use and fuel infrastructure provision. 8.1.B Planning for public transport is use, and it also reduces greenhouse integrated with planning for other 8.1.7 Intermodal connectivity between emissions. modes of transport. rail, road, air or sea transport is enhanced through freight and 8.1.C Cyclist and pedestrian requirements passenger terminals. are integrated into future planning Objective and infrastructure. • Achieve an efficient, integrated 8.1.8 Industries and freight dependent 8.1.D Climate change considerations are transport system that meets community development are located in included in programs to improve needs, supports a more compact proximity to access points to the appeal and amenity of public pattern of urban development, regional transport corridors that transport. promotes the self-containment of travel facilitate access to markets and in subregions within FNQ and maintains labour force. 8.1.E Appropriate public transport efficient transport connections within 8.1.9 Complementary industries are coverage is provided, and priority the region and with other regions. co-located to minimise transport allocated on the road network requirements and increase where warranted. Land use policies resilience to potential impacts of oil vulnerability. Targets 8.1.1 Land use and transport planning Transport policies in the regional plan and are integrated to support efficient 8.1.10 Transport planning considers the other strategies will be implemented in land use, efficient movement of risk of major catastrophic events, pursuit of the desired regional outcomes people and goods, and industry such as cyclones or floods, and and the following specific targets that competitiveness and growth. transport infrastructure is located achieve at least: and designed to avoid or minimise 8.1.2 Towns and cities are planned to the impact of such events (see • 10 per cent of all Cairns Southern be relatively self contained with section 4.7). employment and community Corridor trips by public transport by 2016 services, to reduce the need for 8.1.11 Opportunities are enhanced for residents to travel to other towns travel by public transport, cycling • 20 per cent of all Cairns Southern or cities for jobs and services. and walking at and to major Corridor peak hour trips by public destinations including employment transport by 2036 8.1.3 The urban fabric of towns and and education locations, health, • 40 per cent job self-containment in cities is designed to locate welfare and support services, Cairns Southern Corridor by 2036 residential areas as close as shopping centres, and recreational possible to activity centres, and social venues. • 50 per cent increase in person trips by including economic, retail, cycling in FNQ by 2011 educational, recreational and • 100 per cent increase in person trips by community centres. cycling in FNQ by 2021. Part E–Regional policies 129

Explanatory notes Access to a public transport system • improved access to work, shopping and that conveniently connects people with recreational facilities The form of cities and towns and the goods, services, places and other people • an increased variety of services and relationships between land uses and is important in large urban centres like facilities located closer to where people transport networks have a fundamental Cairns and Innisfail. live and work influence on: Transit oriented communities • reduced reliance on private vehicles • the number of trips people need to • higher quality pedestrian and cycling make Transit oriented communities are mixed use residential and employment areas environment • the distances people need to travel designed to maximise the efficient use of • improved connectivity with • the proportion of trips that can be land with higher self-containment (need neighbouring precincts. made by public transport to define) and better access to public transport. A transit oriented community Establishment of transit ori- • the cost-effectiveness of, and level of has a walker and cycle friendly service provided by, public transport ented communities component with a public transport Establishment of transit oriented • the proportion of trips that can be stop or station surrounded by relatively communities in Cairns is an important made by walking or cycling higher density residential development, element in the preferred pattern of • safety and amenity employment or a range of mixed uses. development for FNQ. Transit oriented • road capacity and efficiency communities would incorporate Benefits of a transit oriented appropriate higher densities but would • location of transport corridors. community be complemented by lower densities in a diverse housing mix. Table 8 Integrated land use and transport Transit oriented communities provide outlines high level principles for transit planning facilitates access to facilities, benefits at both local and regional levels. oriented communities in Cairns. Table 9 services, goods, and other infrastructure Regional benefits can include: and promotes economic and social outlines a typology of transit oriented development across the region. • reduced congestion pressures through: communities in Cairns. Future transit oriented communities should be planned Intermodal transportation involves − shorter more localised trips because in accordance with tables 8 and 9. the use of more than one mode of of greater self-containment transport to transfer goods or people This will ultimately involve master efficiently. Transport terminals facilitate − more trips by walking and cycling planning for individual localities (see transfer between modes as well as section 4.3). Master planning activities − increased public transport usage providing storage facilities. Clustering of would be staged over time and be based like industries and storage facilities in on priorities identified by state and local • air quality benefits due to a reduced strategic locations, particularly key freight government. Master planning should reliance on cars transport nodes, maximises transport be undertaken prior to transit oriented efficiencies. • better transport efficiency and reduced development and initiated in sequence transport costs for people with planned state and local infrastructure It is important to minimise the impacts of • provision of a variety of housing delivery. catastrophic events such as cyclones and options floods, through careful location, design Potential transit oriented communities and construction of transport facilities. • shorter easier trips for work and in Cairns are the public transport nodes recreation, saving time spent on of Palm Cove, Smithfield, Redlynch, A range of travel choices reduce the travelling Cairns central business district, Earlville, need to travel by car, create shorter • more equitable access to community Edmonton, and Gordonvale as indicated journeys, provide safer and easier facilities and employment protection of on map 17. access to jobs, schools and services, open space and scenic amenity through support more efficient use of land and the containment of urban sprawl Further investigation is required to existing infrastructure and maintain confirm the preferred locations and types • more efficient use of land and the environmental benefits of compact of transit opportunities in the future. A infrastructure. development. Cairns Transit Network project is currently Local benefits can include: investigating future corridors and nodes for a bus based public transport system. • an increased sense of community • safer, more vibrant urban centres 130 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Transit oriented communities become Catchment sizes will relate to pedestrian viable when oriented around a public and cyclist accessibility, generally within a transport station on a bus rapid transit comfortable 10 minute walk or ride of the system with a high frequency of services. transit station, or 400–800 metres and up Master planning for transit oriented to 1.2 kilometres in key nodes. Walking communities should be coordinated with distances can be affected by topography, planning for a rapid public transit system. climate, season, intervening roads and Public transport nodes in Cairns have the other physical features. Appropriate layout greatest potential for facilitating transit and design of shared paths can increase oriented communities as these centres catchment size. of activity already serve as interchanges or termini for existing public transport Appropriate uses will vary in each services. Therefore it is important that community and could include residential, development occurring in public transport commercial, retail, recreational and nodes does not preclude future transit community facilities. Transit oriented oriented communities. communities should promote transit supportive land uses to reduce Interim development in a public dependence on private car travel. Car transport node (see map 17) should parking provision in activity centres and be configured and designed to allow transit communities should be reduced the future development of a transit over time. This reflects proximity to high oriented community. For example, large frequency transit services and access to land parcels should be protected from goods and services in mixed use centres. subdivision and smaller land parcels consolidated wherever possible. Robust Principles and typology infrastructure and flexible development Transit oriented community principles (see in public transport nodes is needed to table 8) could also apply to mixed use ensure transit oriented communities are developments with lower levels of public established in the future. transport but in walking distance of major destinations and lower-order centres. Transit oriented communities will vary in size depending on local constraints New public transport facilities should and opportunities. The typology in table be located in areas with mixed use 9 outlines a range of transit oriented development potential (both greenfield community types to reflect differing and infill) and be designed to allow for scenarios. Over time specific types direct pedestrian and cycle connections will be assigned to selected localities, to adjacent communities. Tables 8 and based on transit node and frequency, 9 describe the principles and character connectivity and accessibility, role in of transit oriented communities in more a broader network, aspirations for the detail. future, amenity, infrastructure and service capacity, land availability and market interest. Part E–Regional policies 131

Table 8: Transit oriented communities—principles for Cairns City

Location Principle

Level of infrastructure Development is focused on nodes or corridors with higher frequency transit services and where and services infrastructure capacity exists or is viable to provide.

Level of development Development occurs at a higher scale, appropriate to the locality and the local government planning scheme intent.

New development Transit oriented community principles are applied in new developments where transit stations exist or are proposed.

Land Use

Type Transit oriented communities are dominated by transit supportive land uses.

Density Incorporate higher densities appropriate to the location of the proposed transit oriented community.

Mix Transit oriented communities integrate an appropriate mix of use and services (according to the centre) as indicated in Table 9—Transit oriented community—typology for Cairns.

Activity Transit oriented communities contribute to greater activity in the location to provide a sense of vitality and security.

Employment Transit oriented communities provide a mix of uses and services that contributes to local employment.

Housing Transit oriented communities provide a range of housing options to meet the diverse needs of the community.

Design

Adaptability The built form allows adaptation or redevelopment over time to adjust to changing communities.

Built form Transit oriented communities incorporate best practice tropical design to promote character, amenity and maximise energy and water efficiency.

Open space Transit oriented communities create a sense of place and provides a high quality public realm to promote social cohesion, interaction and safety.

Integration Transit oriented communities are designed to seamlessly integrate the transit station with the surrounding community.

Parking Car parking is located, designed and provided in a way that supports walking, cycling and public transport accessibility and promotes mode shares.

Transport

Mode share Transit oriented communities contribute towards targets for cycling and public transport mode shares and encourage a higher mode share for walking.

Transport efficiency Transit oriented communities facilitate connections between modes and maximises public transport efficiency. 132 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Table 9: Transit oriented communities—typology for Cairns City

TOC Type Land use mix Connectivity Residential density

Core (400- Fringe 800 m (800-1200 from transit m from station) transit station)

Type 1—City A mixture of the following: • hub of transit system, 150 100 • high density multi–unit dwelling including rapid transit dwellings dwellings • primary office and service centre and local bus per hectare per • centre for entertainment for example, theatres, • access to long hectare cinemas, civic theatres, convention centre, distance bus and rail restaurants, nightclubs, cafes, bars, regional gallery and ferry • primary employment centre • strong pedestrian and • higher order retail cycle connectivity

Type 2—Urban A mixture of the following: • linked to principal 100 70 • combination of high density multi-unit, medium and major regional dwellings dwellings density multi-unit, town houses, shop top living activity centres by per hectare per • alternative office centre rapid transit hectare at • secondary service centre • local bus services fringe • minor entertainment for example, cinema, • strong pedestrian and restaurants, bars, cafes cycle connectivity • strong employment centre • retail focus

Type 3—Village A mixture of the following: • linked to principal 70 40 • combination of medium density multi-unit, town and major regional dwellings dwellings houses, shop top living activity centres by per hectare; per • lower order retail rapid transit hectare • small business and commercial • local bus services • higher density residential in surrounding areas and • strong pedestrian and even on site. cycle connectivity

Type 4— A mixture of the following: • linked to rapid transit 40 30 Neighbourhood • medium density multi-unit housing around station by local bus services dwellings dwellings • town houses • access to principal per hectare per • dual occupancy and major regional hectare • detached dwellings on compact lots (villas and activity centres by cottages) rapid transit • minor retail/conveniences • childcare • home businesses

Type 5— One or more of the following: • linked to principal Not Not Specialist activity • medium-density multi-unit housing around station and major regional specified specified centre • town houses activity centres by • institutional housing rapid transit • education • local bus services • hospital • strong pedestrian and • sport & recreation cycle connectivity • related minor uses (convenience shop, cafes, small office) • tourist attractions Part E–Regional policies 133

arterial routes and local streets, 8.2 Transport based on function, legibility, networks convenience, traffic volume, vehicle speed, public safety and amenity. The layout and design of new 8.2.5 A transport network is established neighbourhoods and suburbs have which provides convenient linkages a significant impact on future travel to activity centres, schools, public demands and behaviours. Most new transport stops and stations, urban development occurs on relatively and other destinations within or small land parcels. Incremental and adjoining the development. fragmented development makes it difficult to build neighbourhoods that support 8.2.6 Road and street networks are pedestrians, cyclists, public transport and configured to allow efficient bus efficient transport networks. The design service that can be conveniently of a well connected street network can and safely accessed by foot from save travel time and cost and reduce most dwellings. greenfield, infill and redevelopment sites, greenhouse gas emissions through network plans should: reduced vehicle travel. 8.2.7 A safe, convenient and legible cycle network, including on-road • have a highly-interconnected street It is important to have a transport and off-road routes, is provided to network that clearly distinguishes network across the region that provides meet the needs of all cyclists and between elements of the various safe, efficient and effective transport people using mobility scooters. transport network hierarchies for people and goods. It must be • establish good internal and external environmentally sustainable and offer 8.2.8 A safe, convenient and legible access for community good access and amenity in order to network for pedestrians is support industry competitiveness and provided, principally along • encourage walking and cycling and growth and liveable communities. street networks and adjacent to supports public transport watercourses, linking residences • minimise the impact of through traffic and providing access to points or mitigates traffic impacts where Objective of attraction within and beyond through traffic is necessary developments. • Highly connected transport networks • improve use of land and the efficient provision of public transport provide strong links between activity 8.2.9 The Principal Cycle Network for infrastructure and services to maximise centres and surrounding areas, to FNQ (as indicated in map 18) community benefit. enable good accessibility, route and is progressively implemented mode choice. through cooperation between local Contemporary urban design practices for government, state agencies and new urban communities are outlined in Land use policies the private sector. the Queensland Government’s Shaping Up guideline, the Queensland Residential 8.2.1 Integrated network planning, Design Guidelines and Commonwealth including a functional road Explanatory notes Government’s Australian Model Code hierarchy, protects and enhances for Residential Development (AMCORD) regional and local connectivity, Transport networks include private motor Guidelines (Commonwealth of Australia, efficiency and safety. vehicle, public passenger transport, 1995). The Institute of Public Works walking and cycling networks. Integrated Engineering Australia’s Queensland 8.2.2 Streets are carefully planned to network planning, including a functional Streets standard for streetworks design is provide facilities that equitably road hierarchy: currently being revised. address the needs of pedestrians, cyclists, public transport and • contributes to overall transport Road networks in urban areas should be vehicles. efficiency designed in accordance with the Far North • provides adequate levels of safety Queensland Regional Organisation of 8.2.3 The street network has high Councils (FNQROC) Development Manual street connectivity, both within • facilitates community access to the so that the required transport function of the development and to the transport network. each road link in the network is achieved. surrounding area. It is important that a network plan is That is the safety, speed, capacity, reflected in transport plans, planning amenity, public transport coverage and 8.2.4 A managed network of streets schemes, infrastructure plans, structure level of access permitted on roads and clearly distinguishes between plans and master plans. When applied in streets. 134 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Development should be designed so that Queensland Transport can cost-efficiently deliver the minimum standard of public transport. Generally a target of 90 per cent of dwellings within 400 metres of a planned or existing bus stop is considered appropriate.

Travel patterns and behaviours are influenced by transport network design on two levels:

• Regional—travel behaviour is influenced by the connectivity between towns and cities. • Local—travel behaviour is influenced by the connectivity of local street networks and the provision of safe and direct pedestrian and cycle and public transport routes within neighbourhoods. The street network should be highly interconnected to help limit travel distances and to promote walking, The Queensland Cycle Strategy The Principal Cycle Network for FNQ cycling, public transport usage and a (Queensland Transport, 2003) set a target identifies key links between and in strong sense of community. This creates for areas outside SEQ to increase cycling regional activity centres. The network a responsive network where motorised 50 per cent by 2011 and 100 per cent by will be used to plan and prioritise state traffic volumes and speeds are managed. 2021. To achieve this target, FNQ must and local government and private sector adopt a regional approach to encouraging investment in cycling. The plan recognises Complete streets which incorporate cycling by: two types of routes: facilities for cars, bicycles, pedestrians and public transport, are designed and • linking cycle routes across local 1) Principal cycle routes—the most operated to enable safe access for all government boundaries to provide a important routes for cycling in the users. Pedestrians, cyclists, motorists and safe, interconnected network region, serving a variety of shorter public transport riders of all ages and trips (less than 20 kilometres) for abilities are able to safely move along • supporting compact urban communities work, school, shopping, recreation and and across a complete street. and locating key services near residential areas tourism. Walking and cycling should be safe, • providing high quality end-of-trip 2) Iconic recreation routes—two major convenient and attractive transport facilities such as bike racks, bike spines to enable long-distance cycle modes, providing a genuine, sustainable lockers, showers and changing rooms touring along the coast and highlands alternative to private cars. These activities in regional activity centres of FNQ. are also enjoyed as recreational activities For more information on the Cairns Transit in their own right. There are health • ensuring public roads are planned, designed and operated to optimise Network and the FNQ Principal Cycle benefits where neighbourhoods are Network contact Queensland Transport. designed to encourage people to walk cycle access and safety. and cycle. Part E–Regional policies 135

8.3.7 Current and future transport 8.3.D Overtaking lanes are progressively 8.3 Transport infrastructure needs are provided on roads with higher infrastructure appropriately provided for as part vehicle volumes. of any development adjacent to major transport corridors. Identifying and protecting transport infrastructure and corridors is critical to Explanatory notes 8.3.8 Cairns and Mourilyan sea ports sustaining current transport operations and Cairns Airport and Mareeba A safe and efficient transport network will and meeting future transport needs. Aerodrome, and their access roads be critical for the prosperity, livability and It is important that potential conflicts and operations, are protected from development of the region over the next between key transport infrastructure and urban activities that may impact 20 years. Road transport is an integral urban development are mitigated so the on current or future operations, part of the network for moving people community can continue to enjoy the except where permitted in land use and goods. The efficiency of this network transport benefits of this infrastructure plans for strategic port land. is critical for industry competitiveness and with manageable impacts on adjacent growth and quality of life. FNQ also has land uses. 8.3.9 Disused rail corridors and ancillary a significant drive tourism industry which infrastructure are preserved where relies on road transport. feasible, to meet current and Objective future demands for alternative The Department of Main Roads transport or movement of freight. (DMR) has developed a network of • Affordable and efficient air, sea, rail and priority freight routes and is working road transport infrastructure supports a 8.3.10 The concurrent use of rail towards improvements that will allow vibrant economy and meets community corridors for non-rail transport greater access for freight efficient and tourist needs. and communication purposes vehicles. Protecting these routes from is promoted, consistent with encroachments and incompatible adjacent Land use policies corridor lease terms and without land uses is important for future costs, compromising safety and rail transport efficiencies and local amenity. 8.3.1 The strategic freight network in operations. FNQ, as indicated on map 19 is Large Freight Efficient Vehicles (FEVs) protected from encroachment from provide considerable savings in cost and urban activities and incompatible Aligned strategies labour which are becoming increasingly land uses. important in light of rising fuel costs and 8.3.A Air transport is facilitated to labour shortages. Vehicle combinations 8.3.2 Regionally significant corridors meet basic access and regional larger than semi-trailers do not have as for future bypasses, as indicated development needs in rural and of right access to public roads because on map 19, are protected from remote communities. of limited ability to negotiate corners encroachment from urban and safety for other users. They range in activities. 8.3.B Transport infrastructure facilitates: length from 21m B-Double to 53.5m road trains. 8.3.3 Opportunities for rapid transit • safer roads to support safer are protected, including the communities These vehicles are restricted in relation preservation of disused cane rail to which roads that they can use. The corridors for future needs, as • efficient and effective Kuranda Range section of the Kennedy indicated on map 17. transport to support industry Highway, for example, is only suitable competitiveness and growth for semi-trailers. In the short term efforts 8.3.4 High order road corridors are to will be made to improve the safety and • fair access and amenity to be appropriately buffered from efficiency of the existing routes. On support liveable communities new development to mitigate road the Kuranda Range Road section for traffic noise and visual impacts. example various measures are being • environmental management rolled out with over $4 million allocated to support environmental 8.3.5 Adequate measures are adopted for road improvements in the 2008-09 conservation to preserve amenity for noise and 2009-10 financial years. The corridor sensitive land uses in transit identified for a four lane upgrade is • a mode share consistent with oriented communities. being preserved and investigations are sustainable outcomes. continuing for ways to improve the link 8.3.6 Compatible land uses, such as and plan for the longer term. industry, commercial, retail and 8.3.C Shoulders on the higher order road network are progressively sealed other employment activities are New transport infrastructure can have to improve cyclist and general located near major transport significant land requirements. Potential corridors. traffic safety. 136 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

land acquisition has significant economic and social impacts. Therefore it is important to identify and protect current and future corridors. Opportunities can be lost or compromised as land is developed. New land uses can encroach on major transport corridors such as main roads, busways and railway. Where development occurs adjacent to a major transport corridor, appropriate provision needs to be made for current and future transport infrastructure needs.

Incompatible land uses with the freight network include those uses that either have an impact on the operation of a road, railway or port or are impacted by the operation of a transport corridor to the extent that it should be avoided. Noise, visual amenity, safety, efficiency, sustainability and access are factors that The Department of Main Roads Disused cane rail corridors may ultimately need to be considered. Queensland AusLink Network Forward provide opportunities for future public Strategy 2009-10 to 2013-14 outlines transport systems to service transit There are also amenity considerations desired improvements for federally oriented communities and growing urban for sensitive land uses near transport funded AusLink network roads. The Road areas in Cairns. infrastructure. The preferred option is to Implementation Program outlines short avoid placing noise and visually sensitive term road improvements for other state State Planning Policy 1/02 Development in land uses near transport corridors controlled roads and roads of local and the Vicinity of certain airports and aviation where practicable. If development regional significance. facilities (Queensland Transport, 2002a) is unavoidable, then design and sets out the state’s interest concerning construction should include appropriate The railways that connect Cairns to the development in the vicinity of airports and development layout and building south and inland areas are important for aviation facilities considered essential for orientation and adequate buffers and freight and passenger travel and tourism. the state’s transport infrastructure. The insulation to mitigate noise and visual For rail, there are opportunities and policy applies in the vicinity of designated impacts for the receiving environment. challenges in improving the share of the airports and aviation facilities but does Transport infrastructure providers also freight task, particularly for heavy long apply to those facilities themselves. State have a role in mitigating noise and visual distance loads. There are opportunities Planning Policy 1/02 applies to Cairns and impacts for the receiving environment. for some freight movement by rail from Mareeba airports in FNQ. the Tablelands. The Road Traffic Noise Management: The Cairns Port Authority Land Use Code of Practice (Department of Main The Rail Network Strategy for Queensland Plan (CPA, 2006) and Port of Mourilyan Roads, 2007) provides guidance and (Queensland Transport, 2001) identifies Land Use Strategy (Ports Corporation instruction for the assessment, design specific strategies relating to policy and of Queensland, 2003) are statutory and management of the impact of road planning for the future of Queensland’s documents, similar to a local council noise. rail infrastructure and rail corridors. planning schemes, to control land uses on strategic port land. The Port of Utilising public transport options will take Rail corridors present a unique opportunity Mourilyan Land Use Strategy 2003 is considerable pressure off congested roads for transport and communication services. intended to be used in conjunction with which might otherwise not be able to However, concurrent uses need to be the Port of Mourilyan’s Environmental cope, even with upgrades. The majority consistent with corridor lease terms and Management Plan. The Coastal Protection of movement in FNQ is still expected to must not compromise safety and rail and Management Act 1995 includes be by road, even with a successful public operations. It is possible to utilise disused buffers for coastal dependent state transport system. Appropriate planning rail corridors for recreational purposes, significant land uses such as sea ports. for managed growth in road traffic is including walking, cycling or horse riding therefore still needed. trails. The future use of disused railway lines on the Atherton Tablelands is the subject of an Atherton Tablelands rail trails feasibility study. Part F–Implementation, monitoring and review 137

PART F—Implementation, monitoring and review

The regional plan establishes a basis designed to be cyclical and should not for better planning, management and begin or end at a distinct point in time. development in the FNQ region. The Instead, the process should always value of the regional plan will be largely be structured to include monitoring, determined by how successfully its evaluation and feedback as recognition outcomes are supported and implemented of the need to learn and therefore adapt by government and the community. over time (Low Choy et al. 2002).

Effective implementation requires cooperation by community stakeholders Figure 11: The adaptive management planning process and coordination of state and local government activities and plans. Implementing the regional plan involves coordinating and reviewing a range of Plan making plans, infrastructure and services. Implementation

The monitoring and review elements are critical to charting the progress of land use planning achievements and are essential to the performance based approach. This monitoring and review cycle provides a feedback loop to allow adaptive management as a response to changing circumstances and new information. If regional plans are to Review Monitoring & achieve their goals and objectives, the Reporting planning process (figure 11) must be 138 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Each DRO is a set of goals, aspirations plan will be updated regularly. It identifies Statutory processes and requirements for the future of regional infrastructure priorities required the FNQ region. For each DRO, a set to support the regional plan and reports The FNQ Regional Plan is a statutory of objectives is set out that are to be on infrastructure projects. To ensure instrument under the Statutory Instrument followed to achieve the outcome. Local budget proposals align, state agencies Act 1992. Its effects are established under governments and agencies should take will prepare their infrastructure and section 2.5A of IPA. Relevant provisions these into account when formulating their services plans in line with the regional of the legislation include: own policies, as they are integral to the plan. correct functioning of the region. • establishing a Regional Coordination Regional infrastructure forums involving Committee to advise the regional The objectives are followed by specific state agencies and local government will planning Minister on regional issues policy and aligned strategy statements. ensure coordination between state and • ensuring local government planning Policies set out what must be done if local government priorities and budgets. schemes reflect the regional plan the objectives are to have any effect. The State agencies will consult with local policies are specific in nature and should government to coordinate infrastructure in • ensuring state and local governments direct local government and agencies to various sectors, including transport and take account of the regional plan when the steps to be followed. The aligned water. preparing or amending a plan, policy or strategies are those that will assist in code that may affect a matter covered achieving the DRO’s, but are delivered The use of the master plan process by the regional plan through a range of mechanisms outside under IPA also allows State Infrastructure • ensuring development assessment IPA. Agreements to be used so that processes—including referral government can offset some of the agency obligations for development State agencies are required to implement infrastructure costs generated by a applications—address matters covered the regional plan and adopt its objectives development in an urban growth area. in the regional plan and policies in their own planning. Local governments are required to amend • enabling regulatory provisions to be planning schemes and adopt other prepared to implement aspects of the policies to align with the regional plan. Implementation regional plan • allowing the regional planning Minister Other groups, including NRM bodies, Implementation requires cooperation and to exercise call in and direction powers water management agencies and industry involvement of all levels of government, • establishing processes for amending bodies, are also encouraged to align non-government, organisations, the the regional plan. their planning and programs with the private sector and the community. objectives, policies and aligned strategies to ensure a coordinated effort across the The implementation will include: region. Linking with planning • incorporating regional planning schemes An action plan will set out the actions outcomes into capital works that need to be undertaken over the and service programs and policy life of the regional plan to implement making processes of state and local In the making of a planning scheme or an the objectives and achieve the desired government amendment, the local government must regional outcome. Actions may be prepare a statement of proposals under • incorporating regional planning undertaken by state and local government Schedule 1 of IPA. One requirement is outcomes into local government or non-government bodies. that local government in this statement policies, development assessment must indicate how it anticipates the processes and local government planning scheme will reflect the regional planning schemes. plan. Infrastructure planning In order to facilitate effective implementation of the regional plan, an The Far North Queensland Infrastructure efficient coordination system to guide, Desired regional Plan supports implementation of the monitor and assist implementation FNQ Regional Plan. Identification of the activities is required. In addition, outcomes preferred pattern of development for the the implementation process should, region provides the basis for planning wherever possible, make use of existing The FNQ Regional Plan establishes a for infrastructure to support predicted administrative structures and frameworks range of desired regional outcomes urban growth over the next 20 years. The and avoid duplication of process. (DRO), objectives, policies and aligned Far North Queensland Infrastructure Plan strategies to guide the development of is the first such plan to be prepared for Primary implementation responsibilities FNQ. Far North Queensland. The infrastructure for elements of the regional plan will generally be designated to either state Part F–Implementation, monitoring and review 139

government agencies based on portfolio responsibilities or to local government in the region. Lead agencies will be responsible for coordinating the actions of any other agencies which have a role in the implementation of strategies.

A five-year action plan will be prepared in consultation with a Regional Coordination Committee to outline the key priorities to implement the regional plan within this time frame. The action plan will identify the projects, the actions required and the lead agency.

The implementation process also requires the preparation of detailed action plans, work programs, budget estimates and resource requirements. This work will be coordinated by nominated government reports to the RCC and regional planning Implementation will also involve a wide agencies. Longer-term planning for Minister through the Department of range of community and industry groups infrastructure will also be guided by the Infrastructure and Planning. and individuals, particularly at the policies of the regional plan. subregional and local levels. The regional The rights and responsibilities of plan sets out the need to involve all individual agencies, authorities and levels of government, industry and the Roles and bodies are to be respected and community in the planning, development retained, including the responsibility for and management of the region. responsibilities development, resourcing and funding of programs within their portfolio interests. The responsibility for establishing and The Department of Infrastructure and maintaining the regional plan monitoring Planning works collaboratively with other program will rest with the Regional Queensland Government agencies, local Planning Implementation Group. government and stakeholders to facilitate Monitoring and and coordinate the implementation of reporting the regional plan. The department is also a concurrence agency of parts of the Review process Regional planning is a dynamic process regulatory provisions. and will not end with the completion of The review process guides further policy the regional plan. There is a clear need to The Regional Coordination Committee development and assists in setting future establish mechanisms to: advises the Queensland Government, priority projects and actions. through the regional planning Minister, on • develop and monitor key the development and implementation of The regional plan should be reviewed environmental, social and economic the regional plan. formally at least every 10 years in indicators accordance with the procedure set out The committee can consider amendments • monitor progress and changes in the in section 2.5A.10(2) of IPA. The regional to the regional plan documents and make region planning Minister may then amend or replace the regional plan. There is also recommendations to the regional planning • identify new and emerging issues Minister, provided the principles, concepts a provision under IPA for the regional and strategies underlying the plan are not • monitor implementation of the planning Minister to approve minor fundamentally altered. outcomes and strategies of the regional revisions of the regional plan at any time, plan if required. The Regional Planning Implementation • periodically review the status of the Group consists of representatives from region and to initiate changes to Any review will include input from state and local government, as well as regional strategies and priorities where government and the community. It non-government organisations that have required. will provide an open and accountable responsibility for implementation of major process which will involve and inform components of the regional plan. It will the community of the outcome of any assist in monitoring policies and programs regional monitoring program. to implement the regional plan. This group 140 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031 Maps

Map 1a: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 141

Map 1b: FNQ Regional land use categories 142 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 1c: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 143

Map 1d: FNQ Regional land use categories 144 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 1e: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 145

Map 1f: FNQ Regional land use categories 146 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 1g: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 147

Map 1h: FNQ Regional land use categories 148 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 1i: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 149

Map 1j: FNQ Regional land use categories 150 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 1k: FNQ Regional land use categories Maps 151

Map 2: FNQ World Heritage area 152 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 3: FNQ Areas of ecological significance Maps 153

Map 4: FNQ Coastal and marine management 154 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 5: FNQ Land tenure Maps 155

Map 6: FNQ Good quality agricultural land 156 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 7: FNQ Mineral and extractive resources Maps 157

Map 8: FNQ Indigenous investigation areas 158 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 9: FNQ Regional activity centres Maps 159

Map 10: FNQ Mount Peter declared Master Planned Area 160 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 11: FNQ Regional economic activity Maps 161

Map 12: FNQ Cairns area economic activity 162 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 13: FNQ Infrastructure Maps 163

Map 14: FNQ Water catchments 164 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 15: FNQ Water supply options Maps 165

Map 16: FNQ Water resources 166 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 17: FNQ Cairns transit oriented communities Maps 167

Map 18: FNQ cycle network 168 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Map 19: FNQ Regional freight routes Bibliography 169

Bibliography

AgForce Queensland & Local Government Cardno Eppell Olsen (2007) Draft Principal Department of Emergency Services (2003) Association of Queensland (2006) Cycle Network Plan–Far North Queensland. State Planning Policy 1/03: Mitigating the Blueprint for the Bush: Building a Unpublished document. adverse impacts of flood, bushfire and Sustainable, Liveable and Prosperous landslides. Queensland Government. Rural Queensland. Department of Commonwealth of Australia (Department Communities, Queensland Government, of Transport and Regional Services) Department of Energy (2000) The Brisbane. 52 pp. (1995) Australian Model Code for Queensland Energy Policy A Cleaner Residential Development (AMCORD), www. Energy Strategy. Queensland Government, Australian Bureau of Statistics (2007) creationcorporation.com.au Brisbane. 16 pp. 2006 Census QuickStats for Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal. October 2007. www. Commonwealth of Australia (1992) Department of Environment (1996) Waste censusdata.abs.gov.au National Strategy for Ecologically Management Strategy for Queensland, Sustainable Development. Australian Queensland Government, Brisbane. 37 pp. Australian Greenhouse Office Government Publishing Service, Canberra. (2006) Climate Change Impacts and 128 pp. Department of Health (2008) Draft Cairns Management: a Guide for Business and Base Hospital and Associated Services Government. Australian Greenhouse Office, CSIRO and BoM (2007) Climate Change Clinical Services Plan 2008. Queensland Canberra. 73 pp. in Australia: Technical report 2007. Government. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Australian and New Zealand Environment Research Organisation & Bureau of Department of Local Government and and Conservation Council (1996) The Meteorology, CSIRO, Melbourne. 148pp. Planning, Queensland Residential Design National Strategy for the Conservation Guidelines. Queensland Government. of Australia’s Biological Diversity. Department of Aboriginal and Torres Department of the Environment, Sport Strait Islander Policy (2005) Partnerships Department of Infrastructure (2007a) and Territories. 54 pp. Queensland: future directions framework South East Queensland Regional Plan for Aboriginal and Torres Strait 2005–2026 Implementation Guideline AUSTROADS (1999) Guide to Traffic Islander policy in Queensland 2005-10. No. 5 Social Infrastructure Planning. Engineering Practice Part 13 Pedestrians Queensland Government. Office of Urban Management, Queensland and Part 14 Bicycles, www.austroads.com. Government, Brisbane. 126 pp. au, accessed 29/01/08. Department of Communication and Information, Local Government, Planning Department of Infrastructure (2007b) Blake T (1996) Queensland Cultural and Sport (2000) Far North Queensland South East Queensland Regional Plan Heritage Context Study, A report for the Regional Plan. Queensland Government, 2005–2026 Implementation Guideline Cultural Heritage Branch. Unpublished Cairns. 316 pp. No. 6 Rural Precinct Guidelines. Office document. of Urban Management, Queensland Department of Communities, Office for Government, Brisbane. 24 pp. Buckley Vann and Environment Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander North (2006) Myola Planning Study Partnerships (2007) Partnerships Department of Infrastructure and Planning Environmental Analysis Report. Queensland: Implementation Progress (2007a) Far North Queensland Region: Unpublished document. 49 pp. Report 2006. Queensland Government. A Past and Future Demographic Profile. www.kurandarangeupgrade.com 22 pp. Queensland Government. Unpublished document. Cairns Port Authority (2006) Cairns Port Department of Communities, Office for Authority Land Use Plan Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Department of Infrastructure and Planning www.cairnsport.com.au. Partnerships (2008) Partnerships (2007b) Revised Broadhectare Study Queensland: Future directions framework 2007–December 2007. Queensland Cairns City Council (2007) Cairns Style for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Island Government. Unpublished document. Design Guide. Policy in Queensland 2005-10, pp4. Department of Infrastructure and Planning Cairns Regional Council (2008a) Edmonton Department of Communities (2008) (2007c) FNQ2025 Alternative Patterns Sport and Recreation Facility Needs Study Strategic Plan 2008–2012. of Development Evaluation Report. (Final Report), www.dsc.qld.gov.au. www.communities.qld.gov.au. Queensland Government. Unpublished document. 40 pp. Cairns Regional Council (2008b), Department of Communities and the Gordonvale Sporting Precinct, Office of Urban Management (2006) Department of Infrastructure and Planning www.cairns.qld.gov.au. Strong Communities Handbook. (2007d) Broadhectare study–Individual Queensland Government. local government areas. Queensland Government. Unpublished data. 170 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Department of Infrastructure and Planning Department of Local Government and Department of Natural Resources and (2007e) Extent of Development and Planning, and Department of Emergency Mines (2002) State Planning Policy 2/02 Subdivision of Rural land in the FNQ Services (2003) State Planning Policy 1/03 Planning and Managing Development Region November 2007. Queensland Mitigating the Adverse Impacts of Flood, Involving Acid Sulfate Soils. Queensland Government. Unpublished data. Bushfire and Landslide. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 11, 48 pp. Government. 20 pp. Department of Infrastructure and Planning Department of Natural Resources and (2007f ) The Economic and Social Impacts Department of Local Government, Mines (2005a), Planning Guidelines for of Tourism Far North Queensland Planning Planning, Sport and Recreation (2007) Water Supply and Sewerage March 2005. Region August 2007. Queensland State Planning Policy 1/07 including Queensland Government. Government. Unpublished document. Guideline Housing and Residential Development. Queensland Government, Department of Natural Resources Department of Infrastructure and Planning Brisbane. 59 pp. and Mines (2005b), Barron resource (2007g) Revised Population Projections operations plan. Implementing the Water for Eacham, Herberton and Mareeba LGAs Department of Local Government, Resource (Barron) Plan 2002. Queensland November 2007. Queensland Government. Sport and Recreation (2008) Recreation Government, 2005. Unpublished document. Planning, Queensland Government, www.sportrec.qld.gov.au. Department of Natural Resources and Department of Infrastructure and Planning Water (2001), Total Management Planning (2007h) Broadhectare Study (Individual Department of Main Roads (2007), Guidelines, www.nrw.qld.gov.au. LGAs in FNQ Region), December 2007. Road Traffic Noise Management–Code Queensland Government. Unpublished of Practice. Queensland Government, Department of Natural Resources and document. October 2007. Water (2002) Water Resource (Barron) Plan Queensland Government. Department of Infrastructure and Planning Department of Main Roads, Queensland (2007i) Queensland Housing Affordability Auslink Network Forward Strategy 2009- Department of Natural Resources and Strategy. Queensland Government. 10 to 2013-14. Queensland Government. Water (2005) Barron Water Resource Operations Plan Queensland Government. Department of Infrastructure and Department of Mines and Energy (2007a) Planning (2008a) Queensland population State Planning Policy 2/07 Protection Department of Natural Resources and update No. 13. May 2008, Queensland of Extractive Resources. Queensland Water (2007a) ClimateSmart Adaptation Government. Government, Brisbane. 2007–12: An Action Plan for Managing the Impacts of Climate Change. Queensland Department of Infrastructure and Planning Department of Mines and Energy (2007b) Government, Brisbane. 28 pp. (2008b) Household population and State Planning Policy 2/07 Guideline household size projections. Queensland Protection of Extractive Resources. Department of Natural Resources and Government. Unpublished data. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 120 Water (2007b) Draft Regional Water pp. Supply Strategy. Queensland Government. Department of Infrastructure and Planning (2008c) Population and housing Department of Mines and Energy (2007c) Department of Natural Resources and fact sheet–Far North. November 2008, Queensland mining industries, A report Water (2007c), Queensland Urban Queensland Government. on the economic significance of mining Drainage Manual, Volume 1, Second and mineral processing to the Northern Edition 2007. Queensland Government. Department of Infrastructure and Planning region. Queensland Government. (2008d) Consultation Report—Far Department of Natural Resources and North Queensland Draft Regional Plan Department of Natural Resources, and Water (2008) Resource Planning Guideline 2025 and State Planning Regulatory Department of Local Government and F10 Policy and Code for Preserving Water Provisions (Regional Plans). Queensland Planning (1997) Planning Guidelines: Quality in Declared Catchment Areas. Government. Separating Agricultural and Residential Queensland Government. Unpublished Land Uses. Queensland Government, document. 9 pp. Department of Infrastructure and Planning Brisbane. 40 pp. (2008e) Improving sustainable housing Department of the Premier and in Queensland—Discussion Paper. June, Department of Natural Resources and Cabinet (2008) Toward Q2: Tomorrow’s 2008. Queensland Government. Department of Environment (1998) Queensland. Queensland Government. Stormwater Quality Control Guidelines Department of Local Government and for Local Government 1998. Queensland Planning (1997) Queensland Residential Government, Brisbane. 55 pp. Design Guidelines, Queensland Government, Brisbane. Bibliography 171

Department of Primary Industries & Environmental Protection Agency (1999), Environmental Protection Agency (2006b) Department of Housing, Local Government Strategy for the conservation and Queensland Water Quality Guidelines and Planning (1992) State Planning Policy management of Queensland’s wetlands. 2006. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 1/92 Development and the Conservation Queensland Government, January 1999. 121 pp. of Agricultural Land. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 6 pp. Environmental Protection Agency (2001a) Environmental Protection Agency (2006c) State Coastal Management Plan– The State of Waste and Recycling Department of Primary Industries Queensland’s Coastal Policy. Queensland in Queensland, www.epa.qld.gov.au/ & Department of Housing, Local Government, Brisbane. 92 pp. publications?id=2229, accessed on Government and Planning (1993) Planning 29/01/08. Guidelines: The Identification of Good Environmental Protection Agency Quality Agricultural Land. Queensland (2001b) Sustainable Industries Division, Environmental Protection Agency (2007a) Government, Brisbane. Queensland Water Recycling Strategy, An Mitigating the Adverse Impacts of Storm initiative of the Queensland Government Tide Inundation. Queensland Government, Department of Primary Industries October 2001. Queensland Government. Brisbane. 47 pp. and Fisheries (2008), Draft Wetland Management Handbook: A Guide Environmental Protection Agency (2002) Environmental Protection Agency to Managing Wetlands in Intensive Biodiversity Assessment and Mapping (2007b) State and Regional Coastal Agriculture with Farm Management Methodology. Queensland Government, Management Plans–Queensland’s Coastal System. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 65 pp. Policy Implementation Guidelines for unpublished document. Development Assessment November Environmental Protection Agency 2007 Interim Guideline. Queensland Department of Public Works, Smart (2003a) Wet Tropical Coast Regional Government, Brisbane. 60 pp. Housing. Queensland Government. Coastal Management Plan. Queensland http://www.build.qld.gov.au. Government, Brisbane. 212 pp. Environmental Protection Agency (2007c) State and Regional Coastal Management Department of State Development and Environmental Protection Agency (2003b) Plans–Queensland’s Coastal Policy Innovation (2004) Smart ICT Taking it to Cardwell—Hinchinbrook Regional Coastal Implementation Guidelines for Planning the World: A Four Year Growth Strategy Management Plan 2003. Queensland Schemes November 2007 Interim for the Information and Communications Government, Brisbane. 150 pp. Guideline. Queensland Government. 55 Technology Industry in Queensland. pp. Queensland Government, Milton. 40 pp. Environmental Protection Agency (2003c), Draft Wetland Buffer Guideline: Environmental Protection Agency Department of State Development Queensland Wetlands Programme. (2008a). Towards Oil Resilience and Innovation (2005), Queensland Queensland Government, unpublished Community Information Paper Queensland Ethanol Industry Action Plan 2005-2007, document. Government. www.epa.qld.gov.au. Queensland Government. Environmental Protection Agency (2004a) Environment Protection Agency (2008b) Department of Tourism, Fair Trading and Queensland Greenhouse Strategy. Queensland Government Environmental Wine Industry Development and Tourism Queensland Government, Brisbane. 89 pp. Offsets Policy. Queensland Government. Queensland (2006) Queensland Tourism Strategy. Queensland Government. Environmental Protection Agency (2004b) Environmental Protection Agency (2008c) Recovery Plan for the Southern Cassowary Climate change in Queensland: what is Department of Tourism, Regional Casuarius casuarius johnsonii 2001–2005. the science telling us. Office of Climate Development and Industry (2008a) Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, Change, Queensland Government. Sustainable Resource Communities Policy, Queensland Government, Brisbane. 24 pp. Social impact assessment in the mining Environmental Protection Agency, and petroleum industries. Queensland Environmental Protection Agency (2005), Queensland Biodiversity Policy Government, Queensland Water Recycling Guidelines Framework: Sustaining Our Natural December 2005. Queensland Government. Wealth. Queensland Government, 16 pp. Department of Tourism, Regional Development and Industry (2008b) Environmental Protection Agency Environmental Protection Agency (2008d) http://www.cabinet.qld.gov.au/MMS/ (2006a) Aquatic Biodiversity Assessment Queensland Best Practice Environmental StatementDisplaySingle.aspx?id=52902 and Mapping Method AquaBAMM: A Management Guideline–Urban Stormwater. Conservation Values Assessment Tool for Queensland Government. Department of Tourism, Sport and Racing Wetlands with Trial Application In the (1998), Open Space for Recreation and Burnett River Catchment. Queensland FNQ NRM Ltd. & Rainforest CRC (2004) Sport, Planning Principles: A Guide Government, Brisbane. 83 pp. Sustaining the Wet Tropics: A Regional Plan for Local Government. Queensland for Natural Resource Management 2004- Government. 2008. FNQ NRM Ltd, Innisfail. 208 pp. 172 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

FNQROC (2007), Regional Development National Native Title Tribunal (2007) Queensland Transport (2002a) State Manual. Far North Queensland Regional Eastern Kuku Yalanji people’s native title Planning Policy 1/02 Development in the Organisation of Councils. www.fnqroc.qld. determination. 9 December 2007. Vicinity of Certain Airports and Aviation gov.au. Facilities. Queensland Government, Northern Gulf Resource Management Brisbane. 20 pp. Garnaut (2008). Garnaut Climate Change Group (2004) Northern Gulf Regional Review Report. Natural Resource Management Plan. 199 Queensland Transport (2002b) State www.garnautreview.org.au/contents.htm, pp. Planning Policy 1/02 Guideline accessed 20/10/2008. Development in the Vicinity of Certain Ports Corporation of Queensland (2003) Airports and Aviation Facilities. Global Tourism and Leisure Pty Ltd Port of Mourilyan Land Use Strategy. Queensland Government, Brisbane. 54 pp. (2003), Tablelands Tourism Strategic www.pcq.com.au/mourilyan.cfm, accessed Development Strategy, February 2003. 29/01/2008. Queensland Transport (2003) Queensland Cycle Strategy, www.transport.qld.gov. Heuris Partners Ltd. (2008) Oil Queensland Government and au/Home/General_information/Cycling/ Vulnerability Strategy/Action Plan For Commonwealth of Australia (2003) Reef Strategy/, accessed 29/01/2008. Queensland: Research Paper. Report to Water Quality Protection Plan 2003. the Minister for Sustainability, Climate Queensland Department of Premier and Queensland Transport (2005a) Cairns Change and Innovation, September 2008, Cabinet, Brisbane. 44 pp. Integrated Public Transport Plan, www. epa.qld.gov.au. Queensland Government, Queensland Government et al (2004) www.transport.qld.gov.au. Hoeggh-Guldberg, O. & Hoeg-Guldberg, H. (2008). The impact of climate change and Queensland Government (2007a), Queensland Transport (2005b) Land Use ocean acidification on the Great Barrier ClimateSmart 2050 Queensland climate and Public Transport Index. Queensland Reef and its tourist industry. Report change strategy 2007: a low-carbon Government. commissioned by the Garnaut Climate future. Change Review, www.garnautreview.org.au Queensland Transport, Queensland Queensland Government (2007b) Transports Interest’s in Planning Lehrer J (2009) How the city hurts Queensland’s Vulnerability to Rising Oil Schemes, Queensland Government, www. your brain. http://www.boston.com/ Prices: Taskforce Report. Unpublished transport.qld.gov.au. bostonglobe/ideas/articles/2009/01/04/ document. 158 pp. how_the_city_hurts_your_brain/ Queensland Transport, Shaping Up: Queensland Health (2002) Guidelines Shaping Urban Communities to support Low Choy DC, Worrall RH, Gleeson J, to minimise mosquito and biting insect public transport, cycling and walking in McKay P and Robinson J (2002) In problems in new development areas. Queensland, Queensland Government, Environmental Planning Project: Volume Queensland Government. www.transport.qld.gov.au. 1–Management Frameworks, Tools and Cooperative Mechanisms. CRC for Coastal Queensland Health (2005) Health and Queensland Transport and State Zone Estuary and Waterway Management, social impact assessment of SEQ Regional Development, Tourism, Racing and Fair Technical Report 4. 243 pp. Plan. Queensland Government. 19pp. Trading (2002) Queensland Commercial and Tourism Aviation Plan and Maunsell Aecom (2005) Cairns Bus Priority Queensland Office of Climate Change Queensland Airports and Regulated Air Study. Unpublished document. (2008) Issues paper: Review of the Transport Plan in Queensland Aviation Queensland Government Climate Change Strategy, Queensland Government, www. Maunsell McIntyre Pty Ltd. (2001) Myola Strategy, Queensland Government, transport.qld.gov.au. Feasibility Study. Unpublished document. www.climatechange.qld.gov.au. 171 pp. Sinclair Knight Merz (2002) Southern Queensland Police Service (2007) Crime Cairns Integrated Land Use and Transport Maunsell McIntyre Pty Ltd and Prevention through Environmental Design: Study (SCILUT). Unpublished document. Environment North (2005) Integrated Guidelines for Queensland. Queensland Transport Study for Kuranda Range– Government. Sinclair Knight Merz, WS Cummings Impact Assessment Study. Unpublished Economic Research Services (1999) document. 68 pp. Queensland Transport (2001) Rail Network Peninsula District Freight Study. Strategy for Queensland, Queensland Unpublished document. Mike Halliburton Associates and Transplan Government, www.transport.qld.gov.au. Pty Ltd (2007) Atherton Tablelands Rail Smith, R. J., (2008) Riparian and Wetland Trails Feasibility Study Draft Report. Areas on Cane Farms. Smartcane Best Queensland Transport, Queensland Management Practice Booklet produced Government. by WetlandCare Australia. Bibliography 173

State Development and Innovation, Wet Tropics Management Authority Department of Primary Industries and (2000) Wet Tropics Nature Based Tourism Fisheries (2004) Sustainable Land- Strategy: A Strategy for the Development Based Aquaculture Policy. Queensland and Management of Nature Based Government Tourism. Queensland Government, Cairns. 74 pp. State Development and Tourism Queensland (2002) Queensland Cruise Wet Tropics Management Authority (2001) Shipping Plan, www.tq.com.au/special- Wet Tropics Walking Strategy. Queensland interests/cruise-shipping/plans-&- Government, Cairns. 59 pp. strategies/plans-&-strategies_home.cfm, accessed 29/01/2008. Wet Tropics Management Authority (2004) Wet Tropics Conservation Strategy. Steering Committee of the Cairns Queensland Government, Cairns. 108 pp. Mulgrave Regional Transport Study (1993) Cairns Mulgrave Regional Transport Wet Tropics Management Authority (2005) Study. Unpublished document. Wet Tropics of Queensland World Heritage Area Regional Agreement. Queensland Tablelands Futures Corporation (2007), Government, Cairns. 52 pp. Atherton Tablelands, Cairns Highlands Investment Environment, Tropical Northern Working Group on Climate Change and Australia, May 2007. Water (2008) WATER–Report to Council of Australian Governments, March 2008. Timber Queensland (in preparation) Queensland Plantation Strategy.

Tourism Queensland (2002) Queensland Ecotourism Plan 2003—2008. Tourism Queensland, Brisbane. 46 pp.

Tourism Queensland (2005) Tropical North Queensland Destination Management Plan. 70 pp.

Tourism Queensland (2006), Queensland Tourism Strategy—November 2006. Queensland Government.

Treasury (2000), Guidelines for Financial and Economic Evaluation of New Water Infrastructure in Queensland. Queensland Government, September 2002.

Weston, S. and Goosem, N. (2004) Sustaining the Wet Tropics, Volume 2A Condition Report: Biodiversity Conservation. FNQ NRM Ltd, Innisfail.

Wet Tropics Management Authority (1998) Wet Tropics Management Plan. Queensland Government, Cairns. 174 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Abbreviations

AMCORD . . . . Australian Model Code for Residential Development ATSIP . . . . . Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Policy CBD Central Business District CPA Cairns Port Authority CPTED . . . . . Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design CRC Cooperative Research Centres Program DCILGPS Department of Communities and Information, Local Government, Planning and Sport DIP ...... Department of Infrastructure and Planning DME ...... Department of Mines and Energy DMR ...... Department of Main Roads DOGIT Deed of Grant in Trust DPI ...... Department of Primary Industries DPI&F Department of Primary Industries and Fisheries DRO Desired regional outcome EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPBC ...... Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act, 1999 EPP Environmental Protection Policy 1997 FEV Fuel efficient vehicle FNQ Far North Queensland FNQRCC . . . . . FNQ Regional Coordination Committee FNQROC FNQ Regional Organisation of Councils FNQ2010 . . . . Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2000 GBR Great Barrier Reef HEV High ecological value ICT ...... Information Communication Technology IDAS ...... Integrated Development Assessment System ILUA Indigenous Land Use Agreement IPA ...... Integrated Planning Act 1997 JCU ...... James Cook University KRA Key Resource Area LGA Local Government Area MPA Master Planned Area NRM ...... Natural resource management NRW ...... Department of Natural Resources and Water RLA Rural living area RLRPA Regional landscape and rural production area SEQ South East Queensland SCILUTS . . . . . Southern Cairns Integrated Land Use and Transport Study SPP ...... State Planning Policy TAFE ...... Technical And Further Education TOC Transit Oriented Community UF ...... Urban footprint WQO ...... Water quality objectives WTWHA . . . . Wet Tropics World Heritage Area WTMA Wet Tropics Management Authority Glossary 175

Glossary

Agriculture: production of food, fibre Concurrence agency: an entity prescribed Draft regulatory provisions: Draft State and timber, including grazing, cropping, under the Integrated Planning Act 1997 Planning Regulatory Provisions (Regional horticulture and forestry. as a referral agency with concurrence Plans) May 2008. powers for a development application Aligned strategies: strategies designed made under the Integrated Development Dwelling yield: the number of dwellings to achieve the desired regional outcomes Assessment System. or lots per hectare. through planning mechanisms that are not directly land use focused. Aligned Conservation: the protection and Ecological sustainability: A balance strategies may include natural resource maintenance of nature while allowing for that integrates protection of ecological management plans, tourism and economic its ecologically sustainable use. processes and natural systems at local, strategies, health delivery models, etc. regional, state and wider levels; economic Contaminant: has the meaning under development; and maintenance of the Assessable development: development s11 of the Environmental Protection Act cultural, economic, physical and social specified in schedule 8, part 1 of the 1994. Schedule 8 of the Environmental wellbeing of people and communities. Integrated Planning Act 1997, or for Protection Regulation 2008 lists a planning scheme area, development prescribed water contaminants. Ecosystem: a community of organisms that is declared under the local planning interacting with one another and the scheme to be assessable development Critical habitat: habitat essential for environment they live in. the conservation of a protected wildlife Biodiversity: the variety of all life forms population, or community of native Ecosystem services: services provided including the different plants, animals and wildlife, regardless of whether special by the natural environment essential for micro-organisms, the genes they contain management considerations and human survival. and the ecosystems of which they form protection are required. a part. Ecotourism: nature-based tourism that Cultural heritage: a place or object involves education and interpretation of Bioregion: The primary level of land with aesthetic, architectural, historical, the natural environment and is managed classification in Queensland based on scientific, social or technological to be ecologically sustainable. regional geology and climate, as well as significance to present, past or future major biota. generations. Environmental offset: an action taken to counterbalance unavoidable, negative Broadhectare study: a study assessing Cultural resource: place or object with environmental impacts that result from an future land supply by measuring available anthropological, archaeological, historical, activity or development. An offset may be land stocks against growth trends. scientific, spiritual, visual or sociological located within or outside the geographic significance or value, including such site of the impact. Environmental offsets Brownfield: areas of land previously used significance or value under Aboriginal are only applicable when the impacts for industrial or other purposes available tradition or Torres Strait Island custom. cannot be avoided or minimised, and to be redeveloped for alternative if all other Government environmental purposes. Deed of Grant in Trust (DOGIT): a type of standards have been met (Queensland land tenure issued under the Land Act Government Environmental Offsets Policy Buffer zone: an area adjacent to 1994 that is non-freehold and granted July 2008) a waterway or wetland in which for a particular purpose, commonly development, other than for required for Aboriginal communities where the Environmental values: (a) a quality or community infrastructure, does not occur Aboriginal Shire Council is the trustee. physical characteristic of the environment in order to sustain and manage water that is conducive to ecological health or quality of that waterway or wetland. Desired regional outcome (DRO): regional public amenity or safety; or (b) another Buffer zones do not occur within policies set out the desired regional quality of the environment identified and waterway envelopes. outcomes, principles and policies to declared to be an environmental value address growth management in a under an environmental protection policy Cadastre: public register of spatially region. The policies guide state and or regulation. represented separate properties. local government planning processes and decision making. Local government Existing urban area: area currently Climate change: a change of climate planning schemes must be consistent developed for urban purposes, area with attributed directly or indirectly to human with the intent of the desired regional current approvals to be developed for activity which alters the composition of outcomes, objectives and policies. urban purposes or area identified to be the global atmosphere, and is in addition developed for urban purposes in currently to natural climate variability observed Development: building, plumbing or approved planning instruments. over comparable time periods. drainage, or operational work, lot reconfiguring, or material change of use of premises. 176 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

FNQ region: The five local government title group and others about the use and (3) A transport route, which is used to areas within the FNQ region—the management of land and waters. transport the raw quarry products regional councils of Cairns, Tablelands from where they have been extracted and Cassowary Coast, and the Aboriginal Infill development: new development that out to a rail link or the nearest Councils of Yarrabah and Wujal Wujal— occurs within established urban areas and most suitable State controlled and the waters adjacent to these areas where the site or area is either vacant road. This transport route also has a (see map 2). or has previously been used for another separation area. urban purpose. The scale of development Land use policies: policies with a FNQ Regulatory Provisions: Far North can range from the creation of one land use planning focus which can be Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031 additional residential lot to a major delivered through a range of IPA planning State Planning Regulatory Provisions, mixed-use redevelopment. tools (e.g. planning schemes, priority Far North Queensland State Planning infrastructure plans, the Integrated Regulatory Provisions 2009 (short title), Integrated Development Assessment Development Assessment System). or regulatory provisions. System (IDAS): the system through which development applications are assessed Land use study: study establishing a Freight Efficient Vehicle (FEV): a motor by the relevant assessment manager. land use pattern and identifying land use vehicle with trailers that is capable of Established under Chapter 3 of the categories. moving freight efficiently. Typically this Integrated Planning Act 1997. involves exceeding the usual size limits Landholder: landowner, land manager, Inter-urban breaks: non-urban land areas for Queensland roads in order to increase person or group of people with an that separate or surround urban villages, the payload. For example, a 53.5m road interest in the planning area through towns and metropolitan areas. train. special lease, mining claim, occupational licence, occupation permit, exploration Good quality agricultural land: land Intergenerational equity: the present permit, stock grazing permit, pastoral which is suitable for growing four or generation’s responsibility to ensure the holding, permit to occupy, and trustees of more crops sustainably as determined health, diversity and productivity of the land set aside for public purposes. by land suitability survey that matches environment are maintained or enhanced crop needs to soil landscape and climate for the benefit of future generations. Landscape character: distinct pattern characteristics (i.e. soil landscape or combination of landscape elements Intra-urban breaks: non-urban land areas suitability classes 1–3 for four or more that occurs consistently in parts of or green space within urban footprint crops). the landscape and often conveys a areas which separate suburbs or groups characteristic sense of place. Greenfield: areas of undeveloped land of suburbs. in the urban footprint areas suitable for Local activity centre: a neighbourhood or Key performance indicator: broad urban development. other local centre identified in the local measure of sustainability used to monitor government planning scheme but not Greywater: wastewater from showers, the progress of the implementation of the necessarily in the regional plan. laundry, and kitchen sinks, excluding regional plan. toilet waste. Major Transport Corridor: a corridor that Key Resource Areas (KRA): locations either provides a regionally significant High Ecological values (HEV): Systems across Queensland that have been found function or carries high levels of people that are effectively unmodified or other to contain important extractive materials and/freight regularly. For example, access highly valued systems. EPA has identified such as sand, gravel and rock resource roads to ports and key resource areas, these areas as part of the ongoing roll of State or regional significance which railway lines, roads that will carry in out of Schedule 1 of the Environmental has been included in the State Planning excess of 15 000 vehicles per day in Protection (Water) Policy. The maps are Policy: Protection of Extractive Resources the foreseeable future and rapid transit available by contacting the EPA. (SPP) and it will be included in the local corridors. government planning scheme when the Implementation action: action which planning scheme is made or amended. Master Planned Area: has the meaning serves to implement part or parts of the KRAs have three parts to them: under IPA. FNQ Regional Plan. (1) The resource/processing area covers the site where the sand or Master planning: an integrated planning Indigenous cultural heritage: landscapes, rock resource occurs and where process used to identify the preferred places objects and intangible aspects a processing plant is or could be future spatial structure and land use such as language, song, stories and art located. planning intent of an area. The term is that hold significance to Aboriginal and sometimes used by developers, but has Torres Strait Islander people. (2) The land around the resource/ particular meaning in relation to declared processing area, which is called a Master Planned Areas under IPA. Indigenous Land Use Agreement (ILUA): separation area. voluntary agreement between a native Glossary 177

Mixed use development: development Passive outdoor recreation: the use of Regional activity centre: a centre or within a blend of retail, commercial, land for outdoor recreation but excluding proposed centre identified in the government, community, cultural, motorised activities, organised racing FNQ regional activity centre network. education, health, sport and recreation, (e.g. for cars, motor cycles, horses, dogs), These centres support a concentration entertainment and other leisure activities showground, theme park, pony club, and of activity, including higher density within or in close proximity to medium or commercial sports ground. living, business, employment, research, high density residential development. education and services. Pattern of development: urban settlement Mode share: mode share, or mode pattern to accommodate growth. Pest Regional Coordination Committee: split, is a traffic / transport term which species: plant and animal species that committee established by the Planning describes the percentage of travellers have established in areas outside their Minister under section 2.5A.3 of the using a particular type of transportation. naturally occurring distributions. Integrated Planning Act 1997 to advise Transport modes include private motor the Queensland Government on the car, freight vehicles, public transport, Planning Minister: Minister administering development and implementation of the cycling and rail. section 2.5A of the Integrated Planning regional plan. Act 1997. Regional target: particular aim Mount Peter: The area between Edmonton or goal to be achieved by a particular Regional ecosystem: vegetation and Gordonvale, generally west of the time. communities consistently associated Bruce Highway, but also including the area with a particular combination of geology, immediately to the east of Edmonton, Planning scheme: planning instrument landform and soil. identified to accommodate significant new made by a local government under growth for Cairns and the region (part of division 3.8 of the Integrated Planning Regional issue: an issue with regional the southern growth corridor extending Act 1997. significance. from Woree to Gordonvale). Mount Peter has been declared a Master Planned Area Population density: number of persons Regional landscape and rural production under IPA. per square kilometre. area: the greatest area of land in FNQ. It includes land with one or more of the Natural resources: soil, vegetation, Population projection: population following values: plants, animals, minerals, air and water prediction that is the most likely outcome • areas of high ecological significance that are utilised for economic benefit or over the 20 year timeframe of the plan. • regional ecosystems that are community wellbeing. Potable water: water suitable for human endangered or of concern Nature-based tourist attraction: a consumption. • Wet Tropics World Heritage area and tourist attraction established to provide protected area tenures managed visitor access for the purpose of Precautionary principle: where there • cassowary, mahogany glider and other promoting an understanding of ecological are threats of serious or irreversible rare and endangered species environmental damage, lack of full values of the locality. • coastal beaches and wetlands scientific certainty should not be used • good quality agricultural land and Net residential density: measure of as a reason for postponing measures to housing density expressed as dwellings or prevent environmental degradation. strategically important agricultural land lots per hectare, calculated by adding the • natural economic resources including area of residential lots and the area of Preferred pattern of development: extractive resources, native forests and local roads and parks, and then dividing preferred urban settlement pattern to forestry plantations accommodate growth. by the number of dwellings or residential • water catchment and groundwater areas lots created. Protected area: protected areas • outdoor recreation areas and open space No net loss: habitat losses are offset into including national parks, conservation areas with equal or higher biodiversity parks, resources reserves, nature • land forming strategic and regionally values. refuges, coordinated conservation significant inter-urban breaks. areas, wilderness areas, World Heritage Overriding public interest: applies where management areas and international Regional plan: the Far North Queensland the long-term social benefits of any agreement areas. Regional Plan 2009-2031, developed modification outweigh the loss of natural in accordance with section 2.5A of the wetland benefits, and no other site is Protected wildlife: presumed extinct, Integrated Planning Act 1997. available. Determining the existence endangered, vulnerable, rare or common of ‘overriding public interest’ is best wildlife. achieved through a land-use planning framework and an appropriate impact assessment process. 178 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Regional Planning Advisory Committee: Riparian: banks of land adjacent to a Sensitive land uses: residential areas, committee established by the Planning waterway or wetland which contribute to health, education and childcare facilities Minister under section 2.5.2 of the its ecological balance, preservation and and areas of high ecological significance. Integrated Planning Act 1997 to advise continuation. the Queensland Government on the Settlement pattern: spatial distribution of development and implementation of the Rural lifestyle: land that is zoned rural in urban and rural land use, employment, regional plan. a local government planning scheme but population, centres and infrastructure. has a lot size of 0.25– 5 hectares and has Regional plan policy: set out the desired the potential to be used a lifestyle block. Significant project: project declared under regional outcomes, objectives and section 26 of the State Development and policies to address regional management Rural precinct: land designated by the Public Works Organisation Act 1971. in FNQ. The policies guide state and Planning Minister as a rural precinct. local government planning processes Southern growth corridor: The area from and decision making. Local government Rural residential: land that is zoned for Woree to Edmonton to Gordonvale, planning schemes must be consistent a rural residential purpose in a local west of the highway, was identified in with the intent of the desired regional government planning scheme. the previous regional plan as being outcomes, principles and policies. the preferred area for growth. The area Rural residential purposes: residential from Woree to Edmonton is now largely Regulatory provisions: see FNQ purposes involving single dwellings on developed. Regulatory Provisions. lots greater than 2500 square metres. Structure plan: has the meaning under Regulatory maps: set of maps referred Rural village: location named in IPA. to in schedule 1 of the FNQ Regulatory accordance with the Place Names Act Provisions, identifying land categories 1994 that comprises residential dwellings, Tourist activity: an activity that is reliant defined under division 1 of the regulatory some urban activity and is not located on the tourist trade. It includes short-term provisions. within an urban footprint area. accommodation and incidental commercial and retail activity. Regulatory provisions: regulatory Scenic amenity: landforms and seascapes provisions for the FNQ region made under creating the region’s visual imagery Tourist attraction: a natural or man-made section 2.5C of the Integrated Planning including (but not limited to) mountain feature that is the primary focus of a Act 1997. ranges, coastal escarpments, beaches, tourist activity and may include a walking rivers, valleys, agricultural land, creeks, track, board walk, cable car, waterfall Rural living area (RLA): locations rainforests, wetlands, estuaries and or water feature. It does not include currently designated for rural residential islands. associated short-term accommodation, development in local government commercial or retail activity. planning schemes where further rural Self-containment: the proportion of local residential development is permitted employed workforce that actually work Tourist development: a generic term used under the regional plan. within the same area. This does not to describe development for the purpose include workers from outside the local of providing for tourist activities and Required community infrastructure: area or people from the local area who includes tourist attractions. necessary community services (such work elsewhere. A community with an as telecommunications, power, and even jobs-residents balance is generally Traditional owners: Aboriginal people water supply) and desirable community considered to be self-contained and self- particularly concerned with land if they infrastructure (such as bridges, pathways reliant. are members of a group that has a and cycle-ways) that are required by state particular connection with land under or local government planning instruments Self-sufficiency: the proportion of the Aboriginal tradition. for new urban developments and cannot local employed workforce that could be feasibly located outside the buffer potentially find employment within the Transit: public transport, for example, zone or waterway envelope. local area. This is the numerical balance bus, rail or ferry services. between the number of jobs and the Residential development: development number of people in a geographically Transit oriented communities: mixed for a residential purpose at a scale defined community. It does not consider use residential and commercial areas, greater than a single dwelling on an where people actually do work. designed to maximise the efficient use existing lot and includes rural residential of land through high levels of access to development, relocatable home park, public transport. retirement village and a private residence. It does not include short-term accommodation. Glossary 179

Universal housing: residential dwellings Water resource plan: plan approved under with design and structural capability to section 50(2) of the Water Act 2000. accommodate changes needed for people with different abilities Waste water: means a liquid waste, and includes contaminated stormwater Urban activity: residential development, industrial, retail, commercial, sporting, Waterway: a natural drainage feature recreation or community purpose, along which surface water flows, including normally found in a city or town. the tidal and non-tidal reaches of rivers, creeks and streams, and excluding minor Urban development: a general term drainage features such as gullies and including residential, industrial, retail, spoon-drains. A waterway would be a commercial, sporting, indoor recreation, feature that is assessed using a stream short term accommodation, community ordering classification system as being activities and a range of other urban land order 1 or larger. uses. It does not include rural land uses such as agriculture and horticulture. Waterway envelope: a mapped area that encompasses the waterway and strips Urban footprint: land predominately of land adjoining each waterway bank allocated to provide for the region’s for the purposes of this policy. Maps of urban development needs to 2031. The waterway envelopes for the FNQ Regional area includes land to accommodate the Plan area will be prepared by NRW for full range of normal urban uses, such as Master Plan Areas and for planning housing, industry, business, infrastructure, schemes when a scheme is made or community facilities, recreation and urban reviewed. open spaces. It may also include some rural residential areas next to urban areas Wetland: areas of permanent or periodic/ and well located near urban services and intermittent inundation, whether natural facilities. The areas may also contain or artificial, with water that is static or constrained land, such as wetlands, flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including floodplains, steep hill slopes or areas of areas of marine water the depth of which high ecological significance. at low tide does not exceed 6m. For the purposes of the regional plan, wetlands Urban purposes: purposes for which do not include waterways as defined land is used in cities or towns, including above. residential, industrial, sporting, recreation and commercial purposes, but not Wildlife corridor: corridors of vegetation including environmental, conservation, linking areas and allowing wildlife rural, natural or wilderness area purposes. movement throughout habitats.

Vision: the community’s long-term World Heritage area: sites of outstanding aspirations for the region. universal natural or cultural significance included on the World Heritage List. Water quality objectives (WQOs): are the numerical concentration limits, mass or Zoned land: land allocated or identified volume limits per unit of time or narrative as a zone, domain or area in a planning statements of indicators established scheme, including a strategic plan in a for waters to enhance or protect the transitional planning scheme. environmental values for those waters. WQOs may be long term goals for water quality management, depending on the existing condition. WQOs are defined in Schedule 1 of the EPP Water 1997 for some catchments and the Queensland Water Quality Guidelines 2006 defines WQOs for those areas not in Schedule 1 of the EPP Water 1997. 180 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Acknowledgements

This FNQ Regional Plan is the result The membership of the FNQ Regional • Department of Main Roads of contributions from a wide range of Coordination Committee • Department of Mines and Energy government and stakeholder groups and • The Hon. Paul Lucas (Chair)—Deputy • Department of Natural Resources and the community, in particular those who Premier and Minister for Infrastructure Water made written submissions on the draft and Planning Regional Plan and attending community • Department of the Premier and Cabinet forums. Members of the technical working • The Hon. Desley Boyle—Minister for • Department of Primary Industries and group, advisory panels and FNQ Regional Tourism, Regional Development and Fisheries Organisation of Councils have contributed Industry and Member for Cairns significant time and resources to the • The Hon. Warren Pitt—Minister for • Department of Public Works, Housing planning process. The planning team Main Roads and Local Government and and Information and Communication members have also put in a tremendous Member for Mulgrave Technology effort, which is greatly appreciated. • Mr Stephen Wettenhall—Member for • Department of Trade, Employment and Barron River Industrial Relations Although it is not possible to list every contributor, their input is recognised and • Mr Jason O’Brien—Member for Cook • Department of Tourism, Regional Development and Industry valued. • Cr Tom Gilmore—Mayor of Tablelands Regional Council • Environmental Protection Authority The contributions of the following individuals and groups are acknowledged: • Cr Val Schier—Mayor of Cairns Regional • Queensland Health Council • Queensland Police Service • Members of the former FNQ Regional • Cr Bill Shannon—Mayor of Cassowary • Queensland Transport Planning Advisory Committee Coast Regional Council • Queensland Treasury • Members of the FNQ Regional • Cr Percy Neal—Mayor of Yarrabah Coordination Committee Aboriginal Shire Council Local government: • Cairns Regional Council • Members of the FNQ Technical Working • Cr Desmond Tayley—Mayor of Wujal Group Wujal Aboriginal Shire Council • Tablelands Regional Council • Members of sectoral Advisory Panels • Ms Leisl Harrold—Office of Economical • Coordinator, planning staff and and Statistical Research • Cassowary Coast Regional Council councillors representing FNQ Regional • Dr Allan Dale—Terrain NRM Organisation of Councils • Wujal Wujal Aboriginal Shire Council • Mr Jeremy Blockey—Cairns Chamber of • FNQ State Agency Champions Network Commerce • Yarrabah Aboriginal Shire Council • FNQ Regional Managers Coordination • Mr Keith Noble—FNQ Agricultural Group Network Commonwealth departments: • Mr John McIntyre—Tourism Tropical • Regional stakeholder groups • Department of Environment, Water and North Queensland the Arts • Local government • Prof Scott Bowman—James Cook • Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority • State government University • Wet Tropics Management Authority • Commonwealth government • Mr Mark Buttrose—Save our Hill slopes Images courtesy of David Campbell, • Staff from the Department of • Mr Robert Blanckensee—FNQ Area FNQ Planning Team, Cairns Regional Infrastructure and Planning Consultative Committee Council, Queensland Transport, News Special thanks to: • Mr Russell Butler—Rainforest Aboriginal Ltd—Cairns Post and Innisfail Advocate, Advisory Committee Department of Main Roads, Wet Tropics Management Authority, Shaun Sims— Queensland Government departments: Capture Advertising, Steve McDermott— • Department of Communities, Disability Terrain NRM Pty Ltd, Powerlink and Ports Services, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Corporation of Queensland. Islander Partnerships, Multicultural Affairs, Seniors and Youth • Department of Education, Training and the Arts • Department of Emergency Services • Department of Local Government, Sport and Recreation Notes 181 182 Far North Queensland Regional Plan 2009–2031

Department of Infrastructure and Planning PO Box 5194 Cairns Qld 4870 Australia tel 1300 721 194 fax +61 7 4039 8866 [email protected] www.dip.qld.gov.au